1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw___float128: 136 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 137 case tok::kw_bool: 138 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 139 case tok::kw___auto_type: 140 return true; 141 142 case tok::annot_typename: 143 case tok::kw_char16_t: 144 case tok::kw_char32_t: 145 case tok::kw_typeof: 146 case tok::annot_decltype: 147 case tok::kw_decltype: 148 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 149 150 default: 151 break; 152 } 153 154 return false; 155 } 156 157 namespace { 158 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 159 NotFound, 160 FoundNonType, 161 FoundType 162 }; 163 } // end anonymous namespace 164 165 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 166 /// dependent class. 167 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 168 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 169 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 170 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 171 SourceLocation NameLoc, 172 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 173 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 175 // Look for type decls in base classes. 176 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 178 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 179 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 180 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 181 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 182 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 183 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 184 // templates. 185 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 186 continue; 187 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 188 if (!TD) 189 continue; 190 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 191 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 192 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 193 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 194 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 195 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 196 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 197 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 198 BaseRD = PS; 199 } 200 } 201 } 202 if (BaseRD) { 203 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 204 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 205 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 206 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 207 } 208 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 209 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 210 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 211 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 212 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 213 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 214 break; 215 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 216 break; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 } 221 222 return FoundTypeDecl; 223 } 224 225 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 226 const IdentifierInfo &II, 227 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 228 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 229 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 230 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 232 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 233 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 234 DC = DC->getParent()) { 235 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 236 // templates. 237 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 238 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 239 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 240 } 241 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 242 return nullptr; 243 244 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 245 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 246 // lookup during template instantiation. 247 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 248 249 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 250 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 251 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 252 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 253 254 CXXScopeSpec SS; 255 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 256 257 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 258 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 259 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 260 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 261 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 262 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 263 } 264 265 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 266 /// return the declaration of that type. 267 /// 268 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 269 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 270 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 271 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 272 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 273 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 274 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 275 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 276 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 277 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 278 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 279 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 280 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 281 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 282 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 283 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 284 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 285 286 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 287 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 288 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 289 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 290 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 291 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 292 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 293 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 294 295 if (!LookupCtx) { 296 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 297 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 298 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 299 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 300 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 301 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 302 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 303 // 304 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 305 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 306 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 307 return nullptr; 308 309 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 310 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 311 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 312 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 313 314 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 315 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 316 II, NameLoc); 317 return ParsedType::make(T); 318 } 319 320 return nullptr; 321 } 322 323 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 324 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 325 return nullptr; 326 } 327 328 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 329 // lookup for class-names. 330 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 331 LookupOrdinaryName; 332 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 333 if (LookupCtx) { 334 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 335 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 336 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 337 // nested-name-specifier. 338 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 339 340 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 341 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 342 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 343 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 344 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 345 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 346 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 347 LookupName(Result, S); 348 } 349 } else { 350 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 353 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 354 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 355 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 356 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 357 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 358 return TypeInBase; 359 } 360 } 361 362 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 363 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 364 case LookupResult::NotFound: 365 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 366 if (CorrectedII) { 367 TypoCorrection Correction = 368 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 369 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 370 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 371 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 372 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 373 TemplateTy Template; 374 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 375 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 376 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 377 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 378 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 379 if (SS && NNS) { 380 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 381 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 382 } 383 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 384 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 385 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 386 // is handled elsewhere). 387 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 388 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 389 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 390 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 391 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 392 IsCtorOrDtorName, 393 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 394 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 395 if (Ty) { 396 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 397 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 398 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 399 if (SS && NNS) 400 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 401 *CorrectedII = NewII; 402 return Ty; 403 } 404 } 405 } 406 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 407 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 408 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 409 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 410 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 411 return nullptr; 412 413 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 414 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 415 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 416 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 417 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 418 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 419 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 420 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 421 return nullptr; 422 } 423 424 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 425 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 426 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 427 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 428 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 429 if (!IIDecl || 430 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 431 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 432 IIDecl = *Res; 433 } 434 } 435 436 if (!IIDecl) { 437 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 438 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 439 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 440 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 441 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 442 // a type name. 443 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 444 return nullptr; 445 } 446 447 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 448 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 449 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 450 // perform the name lookup again. 451 break; 452 453 case LookupResult::Found: 454 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 455 break; 456 } 457 458 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 459 460 QualType T; 461 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 462 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 463 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 464 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 465 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 466 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 467 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 468 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 469 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 470 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 471 << &II << /*Type*/1; 472 473 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 474 475 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 476 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 477 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 478 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 479 if (!HasTrailingDot) 480 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 481 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 482 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 483 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 484 QualType(), false); 485 } 486 487 if (T.isNull()) { 488 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 489 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 490 return nullptr; 491 } 492 493 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 494 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 495 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 496 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 497 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 498 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 499 // Construct a type with type-source information. 500 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 501 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 502 503 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 504 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 505 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 506 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 507 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 508 } else { 509 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 510 } 511 } 512 513 return ParsedType::make(T); 514 } 515 516 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 517 static NestedNameSpecifier * 518 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 519 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 520 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 521 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 522 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 523 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 524 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 525 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 526 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 527 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 528 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 529 } 530 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 531 } 532 533 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 534 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 535 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 536 /// correctly rejects. 537 static const CXXRecordDecl * 538 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 539 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 540 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 541 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 542 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 543 return MD->getParent(); 544 } 545 return nullptr; 546 } 547 548 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 549 SourceLocation NameLoc, 550 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 551 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 552 553 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 554 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 555 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 556 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 557 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 558 // lookup is retried. 559 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 560 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 561 // name specifiers. 562 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 563 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 564 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 565 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 566 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 567 // instantiation time. 568 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 569 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 570 571 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 572 // template instantiation. 573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 574 << RD; 575 } else { 576 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 577 return ParsedType(); 578 } 579 580 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 581 582 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 583 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 584 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 585 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 586 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 587 588 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 589 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 590 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 591 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 592 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 593 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 594 } 595 596 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 597 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 598 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 599 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 600 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 601 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 602 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 603 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 604 LookupName(R, S, false); 605 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 606 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 607 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 608 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 609 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 610 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 611 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 612 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 613 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 614 } 615 } 616 617 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 618 } 619 620 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 621 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 622 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 623 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 624 /// @code 625 /// template<class T> class A { 626 /// public: 627 /// typedef int TYPE; 628 /// }; 629 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 630 /// public: 631 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 632 /// }; 633 /// @endcode 634 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 635 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 636 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 637 return true; 638 639 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 640 641 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 642 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 643 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 644 return true; 645 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 646 } 647 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 648 } 649 650 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 651 SourceLocation IILoc, 652 Scope *S, 653 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 654 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 655 bool IsTemplateName) { 656 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 657 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 658 return; 659 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 660 SuggestedType = nullptr; 661 662 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 663 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 664 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 665 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 666 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 667 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 668 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 669 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 670 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 671 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 672 // We corrected to a keyword. 673 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 674 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 675 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 676 << II); 677 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 678 } else { 679 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 680 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II, CanRecover); 685 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 686 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 687 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 688 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName 691 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 692 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 693 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 694 CanRecover); 695 } else { 696 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 697 } 698 699 if (!CanRecover) 700 return; 701 702 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 703 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 704 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 705 SourceRange(IILoc)); 706 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 707 SuggestedType = 708 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 709 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 710 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 711 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 712 } 713 return; 714 } 715 716 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 717 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 718 UnqualifiedId Name; 719 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 720 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 721 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 722 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 723 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 724 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 725 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 726 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 727 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 728 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 729 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 730 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 731 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 732 } 733 return; 734 } 735 } 736 737 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 738 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 739 740 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 741 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 742 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 743 << II; 744 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 745 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 746 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 747 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 748 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 749 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 750 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 751 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 752 753 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 754 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 755 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 756 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 757 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 758 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 759 } else { 760 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 761 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 762 } 763 } 764 765 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 766 /// or 767 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 768 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 769 NextToken.is(tok::less); 770 771 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 772 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 773 return true; 774 775 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 776 return true; 777 } 778 779 return false; 780 } 781 782 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 783 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 784 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 785 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 786 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 787 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 788 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 789 StringRef FixItTagName; 790 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 791 case TTK_Class: 792 FixItTagName = "class "; 793 break; 794 795 case TTK_Enum: 796 FixItTagName = "enum "; 797 break; 798 799 case TTK_Struct: 800 FixItTagName = "struct "; 801 break; 802 803 case TTK_Interface: 804 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 805 break; 806 807 case TTK_Union: 808 FixItTagName = "union "; 809 break; 810 } 811 812 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 813 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 814 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 815 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 816 817 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 818 I != IEnd; ++I) 819 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 820 << Name << TagName; 821 822 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 823 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 824 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 825 return true; 826 } 827 828 return false; 829 } 830 831 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 832 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 833 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 834 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 835 836 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 837 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 838 839 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 840 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 841 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 842 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 843 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 844 } 845 846 Sema::NameClassification 847 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 848 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 849 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 850 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 851 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 852 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 853 854 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 855 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 856 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 857 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 858 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 859 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 860 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 861 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 862 // will reject it later. 863 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 864 } 865 866 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 867 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 868 869 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 870 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 871 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 872 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 873 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 874 return TypeInBase; 875 } 876 877 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 878 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 879 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 880 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 881 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 882 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 883 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 884 return E; 885 } 886 887 bool SecondTry = false; 888 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 889 890 Corrected: 891 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 892 case LookupResult::NotFound: 893 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 894 // call. 895 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 896 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 897 // FIXME: Reference? 898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 899 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 900 901 // C90 6.3.2.2: 902 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 903 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 904 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 905 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 906 // the function call, the declaration 907 // 908 // extern int identifier (); 909 // 910 // appeared. 911 // 912 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 913 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 914 Result.addDecl(D); 915 Result.resolveKind(); 916 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 917 } 918 } 919 920 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 921 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 922 // "struct", or "union". 923 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 924 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 925 break; 926 } 927 928 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 929 // close to this name. 930 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 931 SecondTry = true; 932 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 933 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 934 &SS, std::move(CCC), 935 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 936 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 937 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 938 939 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 940 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 941 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 942 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 943 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 944 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 945 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 946 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 947 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 948 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 949 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 950 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 951 } 952 953 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 954 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 955 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 956 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 957 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 958 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 959 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 960 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 961 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 962 } 963 964 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 965 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 966 967 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 968 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 969 return Name; 970 971 // Also update the LookupResult... 972 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 973 Result.clear(); 974 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 975 if (FirstDecl) 976 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 977 978 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 979 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 980 // reference the ivar. 981 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 982 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 983 Result.clear(); 984 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 985 return E; 986 } 987 988 goto Corrected; 989 } 990 } 991 992 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 993 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 994 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 995 996 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 997 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 998 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 999 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1000 1001 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1002 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1003 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1004 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1005 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1006 // 1007 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1008 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1009 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1010 // keyword here. 1011 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1012 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1013 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1014 } 1015 1016 case LookupResult::Found: 1017 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1018 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1019 break; 1020 1021 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1023 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1024 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1025 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1026 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1027 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1028 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1029 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1030 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1031 // ambiguous. 1032 // 1033 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1034 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1035 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1036 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1037 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1038 break; 1039 } 1040 } 1041 1042 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1043 return NameClassification::Error(); 1044 } 1045 1046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1047 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1048 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1049 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1050 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1051 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1052 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1053 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1054 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1055 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1056 1057 if (!Result.empty()) { 1058 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1059 bool IsVarTemplate; 1060 TemplateName Template; 1061 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1062 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1063 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1064 Result.end()); 1065 } else { 1066 TemplateDecl *TD 1067 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1068 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1069 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1070 1071 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1072 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1073 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1074 TD); 1075 else 1076 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1077 } 1078 1079 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1080 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1081 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1082 // to based on which function we selected. 1083 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1084 1085 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1086 } 1087 1088 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1089 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1094 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1097 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1098 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1099 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1100 return ParsedType::make(T); 1101 } 1102 1103 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1104 if (!Class) { 1105 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1106 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1107 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1108 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1109 } 1110 1111 if (Class) { 1112 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1113 1114 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1115 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1116 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1117 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1118 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1119 } 1120 1121 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1122 return ParsedType::make(T); 1123 } 1124 1125 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1126 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1127 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1128 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1129 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1130 1131 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1132 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1133 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1134 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1135 (NextIsOp && 1136 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1137 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1138 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1139 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1140 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1141 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1142 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1143 return ParsedType::make(T); 1144 } 1145 1146 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1147 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1148 nullptr, S); 1149 1150 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1151 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1152 } 1153 1154 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1155 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1156 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1157 if (!TD) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1159 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1161 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1163 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1167 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1168 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1170 } 1171 1172 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1173 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1174 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1175 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1176 1177 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1178 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1179 // the context we'll need to return to. 1180 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1181 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1182 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1183 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1184 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1185 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1186 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1187 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1188 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1189 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1190 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1191 1192 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1193 // lexical context. 1194 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1195 return DC; 1196 1197 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1198 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1199 // class is the context we need to return to. 1200 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1201 DC = RD; 1202 1203 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1204 // declared in. 1205 return DC; 1206 } 1207 1208 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1209 } 1210 1211 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1212 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1213 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1214 CurContext = DC; 1215 S->setEntity(DC); 1216 } 1217 1218 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1219 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1220 1221 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1222 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1223 } 1224 1225 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1226 Decl *D) { 1227 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1228 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1229 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1230 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1231 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1232 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1233 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1234 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1235 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1236 return Result; 1237 } 1238 1239 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1240 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1244 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1245 /// 1246 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1247 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1248 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1249 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1250 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1251 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1252 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1253 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1254 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1255 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1256 // namespace. 1257 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1258 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1259 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1260 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1261 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1262 1263 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1264 1265 #ifndef NDEBUG 1266 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1267 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1268 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1269 #endif 1270 1271 CurContext = DC; 1272 S->setEntity(DC); 1273 } 1274 1275 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1276 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1277 1278 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1279 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1280 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1281 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1282 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1283 1284 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1285 // disappear. 1286 } 1287 1288 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1289 // We assume that the caller has already called 1290 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1291 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1292 if (!FD) 1293 return; 1294 1295 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1296 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1297 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1298 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1299 CurContext = FD; 1300 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1301 1302 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1303 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1304 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1305 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1306 S->AddDecl(Param); 1307 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1308 } 1309 } 1310 } 1311 1312 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1313 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1314 // rather than the top-level class. 1315 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1316 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1317 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1318 } 1319 1320 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1321 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1322 /// 1323 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1324 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1325 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1326 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1327 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1328 /// attribute. 1329 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1330 ASTContext &Context, 1331 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1332 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1333 return true; 1334 1335 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1336 return true; 1337 1338 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1339 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1340 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1341 } 1342 1343 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1344 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1345 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1346 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1347 // scope. 1348 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1349 S = S->getParent(); 1350 1351 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1352 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1353 // into any context. 1354 if (AddToContext) 1355 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1356 1357 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1358 // are function-local declarations. 1359 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1360 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1361 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1362 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1363 return; 1364 1365 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1366 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1367 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1368 return; 1369 1370 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1371 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1372 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1373 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1374 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1375 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1376 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1377 1378 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1379 break; 1380 } 1381 } 1382 1383 S->AddDecl(D); 1384 1385 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1386 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1387 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1388 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1389 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1390 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1391 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1392 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1393 continue; 1394 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1395 break; 1396 } 1397 1398 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1399 } else { 1400 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1401 } 1402 } 1403 1404 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1405 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1406 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1407 } 1408 1409 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1410 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1411 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1412 } 1413 1414 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1415 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1416 do { 1417 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1418 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1419 return S; 1420 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1421 1422 return nullptr; 1423 } 1424 1425 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1426 DeclContext*, 1427 ASTContext&); 1428 1429 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1430 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1431 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1432 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1433 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1434 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1435 while (F.hasNext()) { 1436 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1437 1438 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1439 continue; 1440 1441 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1442 continue; 1443 1444 F.erase(); 1445 } 1446 1447 F.done(); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1451 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1452 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1453 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1454 } 1455 1456 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1457 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1458 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1459 while (F.hasNext()) 1460 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1461 F.erase(); 1462 1463 F.done(); 1464 } 1465 1466 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1467 /// @code 1468 /// class S { 1469 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1470 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1471 /// }; 1472 /// @endcode 1473 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1474 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1475 // the decl here. 1476 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1480 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1481 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1482 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1483 return false; 1484 } 1485 1486 // We need this to handle 1487 // 1488 // typedef struct { 1489 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1490 // } A; 1491 // 1492 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1493 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1494 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1495 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1496 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1497 // not. 1498 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1499 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1500 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1501 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1502 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1503 return true; 1504 } 1505 DC = DC->getParent(); 1506 } 1507 1508 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1509 } 1510 1511 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1512 // these semantics. 1513 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1514 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1515 return false; 1516 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1517 } 1518 1519 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1520 assert(D); 1521 1522 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1523 return false; 1524 1525 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1526 // of members of class templates. 1527 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1528 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1529 return false; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1533 return false; 1534 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1535 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1536 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1537 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1538 return false; 1539 1540 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1541 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1542 return false; 1543 } else { 1544 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1545 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1546 return false; 1547 } 1548 1549 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1550 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1551 return false; 1552 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1553 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1554 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1555 // like "inline".) 1556 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1557 return false; 1558 1559 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1560 return false; 1561 1562 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1563 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1564 return false; 1565 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1566 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1567 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1568 return false; 1569 1570 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1571 return false; 1572 } else { 1573 return false; 1574 } 1575 1576 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1577 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1578 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1579 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1580 } 1581 1582 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1583 if (!D) 1584 return; 1585 1586 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1587 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1588 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1589 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1590 } 1591 1592 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1593 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1594 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1595 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1596 } 1597 1598 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1599 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1600 } 1601 1602 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1603 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1604 return false; 1605 1606 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1607 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1608 return false; 1609 1610 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 return true; 1612 1613 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1614 // functions. 1615 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1616 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1617 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1618 WithinFunction = 1619 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1620 if (!WithinFunction) 1621 return false; 1622 1623 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1624 return true; 1625 1626 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1627 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1628 return false; 1629 1630 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1631 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1632 1633 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1634 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1635 1636 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1637 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1638 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1639 return false; 1640 } 1641 1642 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1643 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1644 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1645 return false; 1646 1647 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1648 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1649 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1650 1651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1654 return false; 1655 1656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1657 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1658 return false; 1659 1660 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1661 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1662 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1663 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1664 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1665 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1666 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1667 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1668 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1669 return false; 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 } 1674 1675 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1676 } 1677 1678 return true; 1679 } 1680 1681 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1682 FixItHint &Hint) { 1683 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1684 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1685 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1686 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1687 return; 1688 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1689 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1690 } 1691 } 1692 1693 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1694 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1695 return; 1696 1697 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1698 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1699 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1700 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1701 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1702 } 1703 } 1704 1705 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1706 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1707 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1708 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1709 return; 1710 1711 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1712 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1713 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1714 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1715 return; 1716 } 1717 1718 FixItHint Hint; 1719 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1720 1721 unsigned DiagID; 1722 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1723 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1724 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1725 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1726 else 1727 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1728 1729 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1730 } 1731 1732 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1733 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1734 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1735 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1736 // MS inline assembly label name. 1737 bool Diagnose = false; 1738 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1739 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1740 else 1741 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1742 if (Diagnose) 1743 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1744 } 1745 1746 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1747 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1748 1749 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1750 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1751 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1752 1753 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1754 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1755 1756 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1757 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1758 1759 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1760 1761 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1762 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1763 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1764 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1765 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1766 } 1767 1768 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1769 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1770 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1771 1772 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1773 // already. 1774 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1775 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1776 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1777 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1778 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1779 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1781 } 1782 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1783 } 1784 } 1785 } 1786 1787 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1788 /// 1789 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1790 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1791 /// to the fixed name. 1792 /// 1793 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1794 /// 1795 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1796 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1797 /// 1798 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1799 /// class could not be found. 1800 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1801 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1802 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1803 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1804 // creation from this context. 1805 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1806 1807 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1808 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1809 // find an Objective-C class name. 1810 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1811 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1812 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1814 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1815 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1816 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1817 } 1818 } 1819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1820 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1821 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1822 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1823 return Def; 1824 } 1825 1826 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1827 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1828 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1829 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1830 /// ill-formed in C++: 1831 /// @code 1832 /// struct S6 { 1833 /// enum { BAR } e; 1834 /// }; 1835 /// 1836 /// void test_S6() { 1837 /// struct S6 a; 1838 /// a.e = BAR; 1839 /// } 1840 /// @endcode 1841 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1842 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1843 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1844 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1845 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1846 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1847 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1848 /// contain non-field names. 1849 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1850 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1851 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1852 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1853 S = S->getParent(); 1854 return S; 1855 } 1856 1857 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1858 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1859 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1860 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1861 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1862 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1863 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1864 return; 1865 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1866 1867 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1868 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1869 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1870 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1871 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1872 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1873 } 1874 1875 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1876 switch (Error) { 1877 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1878 return ""; 1879 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1880 return "stdio.h"; 1881 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1882 return "setjmp.h"; 1883 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1884 return "ucontext.h"; 1885 } 1886 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1887 } 1888 1889 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1890 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1891 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1892 /// built-in. 1893 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1894 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1895 SourceLocation Loc) { 1896 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1897 1898 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1899 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1900 if (Error) { 1901 if (ForRedeclaration) 1902 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1903 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1904 return nullptr; 1905 } 1906 1907 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1908 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1909 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1910 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1911 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1912 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1913 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1914 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1915 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1916 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1917 } 1918 1919 if (R.isNull()) 1920 return nullptr; 1921 1922 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1923 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1924 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1925 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1926 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1927 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1928 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1929 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1930 } 1931 1932 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1933 Parent, 1934 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1935 SC_Extern, 1936 false, 1937 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1938 New->setImplicit(); 1939 1940 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1941 // FunctionDecl. 1942 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1943 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1944 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1945 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1946 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1947 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1948 SC_None, nullptr); 1949 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1950 Params.push_back(parm); 1951 } 1952 New->setParams(Params); 1953 } 1954 1955 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1956 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1957 1958 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1959 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1960 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1961 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1962 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1963 CurContext = Parent; 1964 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1965 CurContext = SavedContext; 1966 return New; 1967 } 1968 1969 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1970 /// entity if their types are the same. 1971 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1972 /// isSameEntity. 1973 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1974 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1975 LookupResult &Previous) { 1976 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1977 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1978 return; 1979 1980 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1981 if (Previous.empty()) 1982 return; 1983 1984 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1985 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1986 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1987 1988 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1989 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1990 continue; 1991 1992 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1993 // different linkages. 1994 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1995 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1996 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1997 continue; 1998 1999 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2000 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2001 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2002 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2003 continue; 2004 } 2005 2006 Filter.erase(); 2007 } 2008 2009 Filter.done(); 2010 } 2011 2012 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2013 QualType OldType; 2014 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2015 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2016 else 2017 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2018 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2019 2020 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2021 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2022 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2024 << Kind << NewType; 2025 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2026 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2027 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2028 return true; 2029 } 2030 2031 if (OldType != NewType && 2032 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2033 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2034 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2035 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2037 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2038 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2039 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2040 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2041 return true; 2042 } 2043 return false; 2044 } 2045 2046 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2047 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2048 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2049 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2050 /// 2051 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2052 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2053 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2054 // merging checks. 2055 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2056 2057 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2058 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2059 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2060 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2061 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2062 default: break; 2063 case 2: 2064 { 2065 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2066 break; 2067 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2068 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2069 break; 2070 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2071 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2072 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2073 break; 2074 } 2075 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2076 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2077 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2078 return; 2079 } 2080 case 5: 2081 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2082 break; 2083 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2084 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2085 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2086 return; 2087 case 3: 2088 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2089 break; 2090 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2091 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2092 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2093 return; 2094 } 2095 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2096 } 2097 2098 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2099 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2100 if (!Old) { 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2102 << New->getDeclName(); 2103 2104 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2105 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2106 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2107 2108 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2109 } 2110 2111 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2112 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2113 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2114 2115 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2116 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2117 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2118 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2119 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2120 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2121 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2122 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2123 // instead of our tag. 2124 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2125 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2126 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2127 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2128 else 2129 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2130 2131 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2132 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2133 2134 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2135 // out of the scope. 2136 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2137 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2138 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2139 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2140 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2141 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2142 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2143 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2144 } 2145 } 2146 } 2147 } 2148 2149 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2150 // with any extensions enabled. 2151 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2152 return; 2153 2154 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2155 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2156 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2157 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2158 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2159 } 2160 2161 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2162 return; 2163 2164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2165 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2166 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2167 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2168 // to the type to which it already refers. 2169 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2170 return; 2171 2172 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2173 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2174 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2175 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2176 // 2177 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2178 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2179 // 2180 // struct S { 2181 // typedef struct A { } A; 2182 // }; 2183 // 2184 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2185 // allow the above but disallow 2186 // 2187 // struct S { 2188 // typedef int I; 2189 // typedef int I; 2190 // }; 2191 // 2192 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2193 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2194 return; 2195 2196 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2197 << New->getDeclName(); 2198 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2199 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2200 } 2201 2202 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2203 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2204 return; 2205 2206 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2207 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2208 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2209 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2210 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2211 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2212 (Old->isImplicit() || 2213 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2214 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2215 return; 2216 2217 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2218 << New->getDeclName(); 2219 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2220 } 2221 2222 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2223 /// attribute. 2224 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2225 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2226 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2227 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2228 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2229 if (Ann) { 2230 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2231 return true; 2232 continue; 2233 } 2234 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2235 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2236 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2237 return true; 2238 } 2239 2240 return false; 2241 } 2242 2243 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2244 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2245 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2246 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2247 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2248 return true; 2249 } 2250 2251 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2252 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2253 /// 2254 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2255 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2256 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2257 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2258 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2259 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2260 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2261 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2262 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2263 // in a case like: 2264 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2265 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2266 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2267 // definition in such a case. 2268 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2269 return false; 2270 2271 if (I->isAlignas()) 2272 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2273 2274 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2275 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2276 OldAlign = Align; 2277 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2278 } 2279 } 2280 2281 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2282 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2283 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2284 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2285 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2286 return false; 2287 2288 if (I->isAlignas()) 2289 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2290 2291 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2292 if (Align > NewAlign) 2293 NewAlign = Align; 2294 } 2295 2296 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2297 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2298 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2299 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2300 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2301 2302 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2303 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2304 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2305 QualType Ty; 2306 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2307 Ty = VD->getType(); 2308 else 2309 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2310 2311 if (OldAlign == 0) 2312 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2313 if (NewAlign == 0) 2314 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2315 } 2316 2317 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2318 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2319 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2320 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2321 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2322 } 2323 } 2324 2325 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2326 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2327 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2328 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2329 // equivalent alignment. 2330 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2331 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2332 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2333 // have no alignment specifier. 2334 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2335 << OldAlignasAttr; 2336 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2337 << OldAlignasAttr; 2338 } 2339 2340 bool AnyAdded = false; 2341 2342 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2343 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2344 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2345 Clone->setInherited(true); 2346 New->addAttr(Clone); 2347 AnyAdded = true; 2348 } 2349 2350 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2351 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2352 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2353 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2354 Clone->setInherited(true); 2355 New->addAttr(Clone); 2356 AnyAdded = true; 2357 } 2358 2359 return AnyAdded; 2360 } 2361 2362 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2363 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2364 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2365 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2366 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2367 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2368 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2369 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2370 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2371 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2372 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2373 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2374 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2375 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2376 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2377 AA->getDeprecated(), 2378 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2379 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2380 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2381 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2382 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2383 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2384 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2385 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2386 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2387 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2388 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2389 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2390 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2391 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2392 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2393 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2394 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2395 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2396 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2397 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2398 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2399 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2400 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2401 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2402 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2403 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2404 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2405 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2406 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2407 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2408 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2409 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2410 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2411 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2412 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2413 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2414 return false; 2415 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2416 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2417 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2418 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2419 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2420 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2421 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2422 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2423 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2424 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2425 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2426 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2427 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2428 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2429 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2430 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2431 NewAttr = nullptr; 2432 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2433 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2434 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2435 NewAttr = nullptr; 2436 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2437 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2438 UA->getGuid()); 2439 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2440 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2441 2442 if (NewAttr) { 2443 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2444 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2445 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2446 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2447 return true; 2448 } 2449 2450 return false; 2451 } 2452 2453 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2454 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2455 return TD->getDefinition(); 2456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2457 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2458 if (Def) 2459 return Def; 2460 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2461 } 2462 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2463 return FD->getDefinition(); 2464 return nullptr; 2465 } 2466 2467 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2468 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2469 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2470 return true; 2471 return false; 2472 } 2473 2474 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2475 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2476 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2477 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2478 return; 2479 2480 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2481 if (!Def || Def == New) 2482 return; 2483 2484 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2485 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2486 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2487 2488 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2489 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2490 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2491 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2492 2493 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2494 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2495 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2496 --E; 2497 continue; 2498 } 2499 } else { 2500 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2501 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2502 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2503 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2504 : diag::err_redefinition; 2505 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2506 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2507 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2508 else 2509 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2510 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2511 } 2512 ++I; 2513 continue; 2514 } 2515 2516 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2517 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2518 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2519 ++I; 2520 continue; 2521 } 2522 } 2523 2524 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2525 ++I; 2526 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2527 } 2528 2529 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2530 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2531 ++I; 2532 continue; 2533 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2534 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2535 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2536 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2537 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2538 // equivalent alignment. 2539 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2540 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2541 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2542 // have no alignment specifier. 2543 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2544 << AA; 2545 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2546 << AA; 2547 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2548 --E; 2549 continue; 2550 } 2551 } 2552 2553 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2554 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2555 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2556 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2557 --E; 2558 } 2559 } 2560 2561 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2562 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2563 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2564 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2565 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2566 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2567 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2568 } 2569 2570 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2571 return; 2572 2573 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2574 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2575 2576 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2577 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2578 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2579 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2581 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2582 } 2583 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2584 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2585 // already been ODR-used. 2586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2587 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2588 } 2589 } 2590 2591 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2592 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2593 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2594 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2595 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2596 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2597 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2598 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2599 << NewTag; 2600 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2601 } 2602 } 2603 } else { 2604 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2605 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2610 return; 2611 2612 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2613 2614 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2615 // we process them. 2616 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2617 2618 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2619 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2620 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2621 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2622 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2623 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2624 switch (AMK) { 2625 case AMK_None: 2626 continue; 2627 2628 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2629 case AMK_Override: 2630 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2631 LocalAMK = AMK; 2632 break; 2633 } 2634 } 2635 2636 // Already handled. 2637 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2638 continue; 2639 2640 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2641 foundAny = true; 2642 } 2643 2644 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2645 foundAny = true; 2646 2647 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2648 } 2649 2650 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2651 /// to the new one. 2652 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2653 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2654 Sema &S) { 2655 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2656 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2657 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2658 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2659 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2660 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2661 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2662 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2663 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2664 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2665 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2666 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2667 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2668 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2669 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2670 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2671 } 2672 2673 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2674 return; 2675 2676 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2677 2678 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2679 // done before we process them. 2680 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2681 2682 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2683 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2684 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2685 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2686 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2687 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2688 foundAny = true; 2689 } 2690 } 2691 2692 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2693 } 2694 2695 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2696 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2697 Sema &S) { 2698 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2699 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2700 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2701 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2702 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2703 *Newnullability, 2704 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2705 != 0)) 2706 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2707 *Oldnullability, 2708 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2709 != 0)); 2710 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2711 } 2712 } else { 2713 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2714 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2715 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2716 NewT, NewT); 2717 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2718 } 2719 } 2720 } 2721 2722 namespace { 2723 2724 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2725 /// C. 2726 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2727 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2728 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2729 QualType PromotedType; 2730 }; 2731 2732 } // end anonymous namespace 2733 2734 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2735 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2736 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2737 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2738 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2739 2740 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2741 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2742 2743 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2744 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2745 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2746 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2747 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2748 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2749 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2750 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2751 } 2752 2753 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2754 } 2755 2756 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2757 // declaration, or a declaration. 2758 template <typename T> 2759 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2760 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2761 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2762 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2763 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2764 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2765 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2766 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2767 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2768 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2769 } else 2770 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2771 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2772 } 2773 2774 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2775 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2776 /// GNU89 mode. 2777 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2778 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2779 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2780 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2781 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2782 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2783 } 2784 2785 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2786 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2787 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2788 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2789 return AT; 2790 } 2791 2792 template <typename T> 2793 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2794 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2795 if (DC->isRecord()) 2796 return false; 2797 2798 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2799 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2800 return true; 2801 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2802 return true; 2803 return false; 2804 } 2805 2806 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2807 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2808 2809 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2810 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2811 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2812 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2813 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2814 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2815 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2816 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2817 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2818 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2819 // and function templates; or 2820 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2821 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2822 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2823 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2824 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2825 2826 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2827 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2828 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2829 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2830 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2831 2832 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2833 if (Old && 2834 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2835 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2836 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2837 Old = nullptr; 2838 2839 if (!Old) { 2840 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2841 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2842 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2843 return true; 2844 } 2845 return false; 2846 } 2847 2848 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2849 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2850 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2851 2852 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2853 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2854 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2855 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2856 return true; 2857 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2858 }; 2859 2860 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2861 } 2862 2863 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2864 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2865 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2866 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2867 /// 2868 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2869 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2870 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2871 /// merged with. 2872 /// 2873 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2874 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2875 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2876 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2877 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2878 if (!Old) { 2879 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2880 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2882 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2883 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2884 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2885 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2886 return true; 2887 } 2888 2889 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2890 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2891 return true; 2892 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2893 } else { 2894 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2895 << New->getDeclName(); 2896 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2897 return true; 2898 } 2899 } 2900 2901 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2902 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2903 return true; 2904 2905 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2906 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2907 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2908 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2909 2910 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2911 // is an extern inline function. 2912 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2913 // storage classes. 2914 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2915 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2916 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2917 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2918 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2919 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2920 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2921 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2922 } else { 2923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2924 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2925 return true; 2926 } 2927 } 2928 2929 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2930 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2932 << New->getDeclName(); 2933 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2934 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2935 } 2936 2937 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2938 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2939 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 2941 << New << OldOvl; 2942 2943 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 2944 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 2945 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 2946 // 2947 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 2948 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 2949 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 2950 if (OldOvl) { 2951 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 2952 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2953 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 2954 }); 2955 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 2956 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 2957 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 2958 } 2959 2960 if (DiagOld) 2961 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 2962 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 2963 << OldOvl; 2964 2965 if (OldOvl) 2966 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2967 else 2968 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2969 } 2970 } 2971 2972 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2973 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2974 // convention of the first. 2975 // 2976 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2977 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2978 // 2979 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2980 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2981 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2982 // 2983 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2984 // other tests to run. 2985 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2986 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2987 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2988 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2989 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2990 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2991 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2992 2993 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2994 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2995 const FunctionType *FT = 2996 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2997 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2998 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2999 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3000 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3001 // there but not here. 3002 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3003 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3004 } else { 3005 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3006 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3007 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3008 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3009 << !FirstCCExplicit 3010 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3011 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3012 3013 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3014 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3015 return true; 3016 } 3017 } 3018 3019 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3020 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3021 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3022 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3023 } 3024 3025 // Merge regparm attribute. 3026 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3027 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3028 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3029 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3030 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3031 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3032 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3033 return true; 3034 } 3035 3036 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3037 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3038 } 3039 3040 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3041 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3042 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3044 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3045 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3046 return true; 3047 } 3048 3049 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3050 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3051 } 3052 3053 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3054 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3055 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3056 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3057 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3058 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3059 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3060 return true; 3061 } 3062 3063 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3064 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3068 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3069 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3070 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3071 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3072 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3073 } 3074 3075 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3076 // UndefinedButUsed. 3077 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3078 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3079 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3080 Old->isUsed(false) && 3081 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3082 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3083 SourceLocation())); 3084 3085 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3086 // about it. 3087 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3088 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3089 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3090 } 3091 3092 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3093 // redeclaration. 3094 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3095 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3096 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3097 << New->getDeclName(); 3098 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3099 return true; 3100 } 3101 3102 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3103 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3104 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3105 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3106 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3107 3108 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3109 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3110 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3111 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3112 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3113 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3114 return true; 3115 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3116 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3117 3118 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3119 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3120 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3121 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3122 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3123 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3124 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3125 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3126 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3127 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3128 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3129 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3130 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3131 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3132 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3133 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3134 QualType ResQT; 3135 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3136 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3137 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3138 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3139 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3140 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3141 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3142 else 3143 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3144 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3145 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3146 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3147 return true; 3148 } 3149 else 3150 NewQType = ResQT; 3151 } 3152 3153 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3154 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3155 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3156 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3157 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3158 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3159 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3160 New->setType( 3161 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3162 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3163 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3164 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3165 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3166 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3167 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3168 } 3169 } 3170 3171 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3172 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3173 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3174 // Preserve triviality. 3175 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3176 3177 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3178 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3179 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3180 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3181 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3182 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3183 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3184 3185 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3186 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3187 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3188 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3189 // is a static member function declaration. 3190 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3192 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3193 return true; 3194 } 3195 3196 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3197 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3198 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3199 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3200 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3201 unsigned NewDiag; 3202 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3203 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3204 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3205 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3206 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3207 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3208 else 3209 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3210 3211 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3212 } else { 3213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3214 << New << New->getType(); 3215 } 3216 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3217 return true; 3218 3219 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3220 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3221 // 3222 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3223 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3224 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3225 if (isFriend) { 3226 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3227 } else { 3228 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3229 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3230 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3231 return true; 3232 } 3233 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3234 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3235 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3236 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3237 return true; 3238 } 3239 } 3240 3241 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3242 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3243 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3244 // attribute. 3245 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3246 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3247 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3248 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3249 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3250 } 3251 3252 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3253 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3254 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3255 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3256 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3257 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3258 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3259 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3260 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3261 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3262 } 3263 3264 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3265 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3266 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3267 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3268 3269 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3270 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3271 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3272 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3273 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3274 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3275 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3276 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3277 } 3278 3279 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3280 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3281 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3282 // 3283 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3284 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3285 // linkage within class scope. 3286 // 3287 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3288 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3289 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3290 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3291 } else { 3292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3293 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3294 return true; 3295 } 3296 } 3297 3298 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3299 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3300 3301 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3302 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3303 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3304 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3305 // when we instantiate the function. 3306 return false; 3307 } 3308 3309 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3310 } 3311 3312 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3313 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3314 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3315 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3316 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3317 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3318 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3319 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3320 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3321 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3322 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3323 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3324 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3325 NewQType = 3326 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3327 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3328 New->setType(NewQType); 3329 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3330 3331 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3332 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3333 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3334 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3335 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3336 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3337 SC_None, nullptr); 3338 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3339 Param->setImplicit(); 3340 Params.push_back(Param); 3341 } 3342 3343 New->setParams(Params); 3344 } 3345 3346 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3347 } 3348 3349 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3350 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3351 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3352 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3353 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3354 // the prototype. 3355 // 3356 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3357 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3358 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3359 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3360 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3361 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3362 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3363 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3364 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3365 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3366 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3367 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3368 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3369 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3370 3371 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3372 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3373 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3374 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3375 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3376 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3377 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3378 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3379 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3380 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3381 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3382 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3383 NewParm->getType(), 3384 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3385 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3386 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3387 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3388 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3389 } else 3390 LooseCompatible = false; 3391 } 3392 3393 if (LooseCompatible) { 3394 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3395 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3396 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3397 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3398 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3399 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3400 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3401 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3402 } 3403 3404 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3405 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3406 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3407 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3408 } 3409 3410 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3411 } 3412 3413 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3414 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3415 3416 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3417 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3418 unsigned BuiltinID; 3419 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3420 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3421 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3422 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3424 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3425 << Old << Old->getType(); 3426 3427 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3428 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3429 // 3430 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3431 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3432 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3433 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3434 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3435 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3436 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3437 3438 return false; 3439 } 3440 3441 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3442 } 3443 3444 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3445 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3446 return true; 3447 } 3448 3449 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3450 /// known to be compatible. 3451 /// 3452 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3453 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3454 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3455 /// redeclaration of Old. 3456 /// 3457 /// \returns false 3458 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3459 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3460 // Merge the attributes 3461 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3462 3463 // Merge "pure" flag. 3464 if (Old->isPure()) 3465 New->setPure(); 3466 3467 // Merge "used" flag. 3468 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3469 New->setIsUsed(); 3470 3471 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3472 // declarations. 3473 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3474 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3475 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3476 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3477 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3478 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3479 } 3480 3481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3482 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3483 3484 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3485 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3486 // was visible. 3487 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3488 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3489 New->setType(Merged); 3490 3491 return false; 3492 } 3493 3494 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3495 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3496 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3497 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3498 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3499 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3500 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3501 : AMK_Override; 3502 3503 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3504 3505 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3506 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3507 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3508 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3509 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3510 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3511 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3512 3513 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3514 } 3515 3516 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3517 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3518 3519 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3520 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3521 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3522 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3523 3524 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3525 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3526 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3527 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3528 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3529 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3530 } 3531 3532 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3533 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3534 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3535 /// 3536 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3537 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3538 /// is attached. 3539 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3540 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3541 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3542 return; 3543 3544 QualType MergedT; 3545 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3546 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3547 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3548 return; 3549 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3550 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3551 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3552 } 3553 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3554 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3555 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3556 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3557 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3558 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3559 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3560 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3561 3562 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3563 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3564 // mismatch. 3565 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3566 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3567 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3568 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3569 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3570 continue; 3571 3572 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3573 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3574 } 3575 } 3576 3577 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3578 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3579 NewArray->getElementType())) 3580 MergedT = New->getType(); 3581 } 3582 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3583 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3584 // visible. 3585 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3586 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3587 NewArray->getElementType())) 3588 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3589 } 3590 } 3591 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3592 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3593 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3594 Old->getType()); 3595 } 3596 } else { 3597 // C 6.2.7p2: 3598 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3599 // compatible type. 3600 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3601 } 3602 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3603 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3604 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3605 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3606 // equivalent. 3607 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3608 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3609 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3610 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3611 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3612 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3613 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3614 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3615 return; 3616 } 3617 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3618 } 3619 3620 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3621 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3622 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3623 New->setType(MergedT); 3624 } 3625 3626 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3627 LookupResult &Previous) { 3628 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3629 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3630 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3631 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3632 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3633 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3634 // 3635 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3636 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3637 return false; 3638 3639 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3640 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3641 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3642 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3643 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3644 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3645 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3646 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3647 } else { 3648 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3649 // type unless we're in the same function. 3650 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3651 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3652 } 3653 } 3654 3655 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3656 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3657 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3658 /// 3659 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3660 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3661 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3662 /// 3663 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3664 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3665 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3666 return; 3667 3668 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3669 return; 3670 3671 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3672 3673 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3674 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3675 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3676 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3677 if (NewTemplate) { 3678 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3679 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3680 3681 if (auto *Shadow = 3682 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3683 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3684 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3685 } else { 3686 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3687 3688 if (auto *Shadow = 3689 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3690 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3691 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3692 } 3693 } 3694 if (!Old) { 3695 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3696 << New->getDeclName(); 3697 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3698 New->getLocation()); 3699 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3700 } 3701 3702 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3703 if (NewTemplate && 3704 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3705 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3706 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 3709 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3710 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3711 // 3712 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3713 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3715 << New->getIdentifier(); 3716 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3717 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3718 } 3719 3720 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3721 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3722 // declaration 3723 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3724 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3725 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3727 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3728 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3729 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3730 } 3731 3732 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3733 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3735 << New->getDeclName(); 3736 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3737 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3738 } 3739 3740 // Merge the types. 3741 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3742 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3743 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3744 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3745 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3746 return; 3747 } 3748 3749 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3750 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3751 return; 3752 3753 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3754 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3755 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3756 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3757 3758 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3759 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3760 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3761 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3762 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3763 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3764 << New->getDeclName(); 3765 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3766 } else { 3767 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3768 << New->getDeclName(); 3769 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3770 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3771 } 3772 } 3773 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3774 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3775 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3776 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3777 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3778 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3779 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3780 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3781 // identifier has external linkage. 3782 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3783 /* Okay */; 3784 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3785 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3786 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3787 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3788 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3789 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3790 } 3791 3792 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3793 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3794 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3795 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3796 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3797 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3798 } 3799 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3800 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3801 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3802 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3803 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3804 } 3805 3806 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3807 3808 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3809 // need to check for mismatches. 3810 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3811 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3812 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3813 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3814 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3815 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3816 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3817 } 3818 3819 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3820 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3821 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3822 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3823 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3824 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3825 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3826 } 3827 } 3828 3829 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3830 // UndefinedButUsed. 3831 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3832 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3833 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3834 SourceLocation())); 3835 3836 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3837 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3838 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3839 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3840 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3841 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3842 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3843 } else { 3844 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3845 // static and dynamic initialization. 3846 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3847 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3848 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3849 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3850 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3851 } 3852 } 3853 3854 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3855 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3856 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3857 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3858 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3859 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3860 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3861 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3862 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3863 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3864 return; 3865 } 3866 } 3867 3868 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3870 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3872 return; 3873 } 3874 3875 // Merge "used" flag. 3876 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3877 New->setIsUsed(); 3878 3879 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3880 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3881 if (NewTemplate) 3882 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3883 3884 // Inherit access appropriately. 3885 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3886 if (NewTemplate) 3887 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3888 3889 if (Old->isInline()) 3890 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3891 } 3892 3893 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 3894 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 3895 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 3896 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 3897 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 3898 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 3899 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 3900 StringRef HdrFilename = 3901 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 3902 3903 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 3904 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 3905 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 3906 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 3907 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 3908 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 3909 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 3910 if (Mod) { 3911 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 3912 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3913 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 3914 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 3915 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3916 } else { 3917 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 3918 << HdrFilename.str(); 3919 } 3920 return true; 3921 } 3922 3923 return false; 3924 }; 3925 3926 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 3927 // this leads to a redefinition error. 3928 bool EmittedDiag = false; 3929 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 3930 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 3931 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 3932 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 3933 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 3934 3935 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 3936 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 3937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 3938 3939 if (EmittedDiag) 3940 return; 3941 } 3942 3943 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 3944 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3945 } 3946 3947 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3948 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3949 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3950 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3951 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3952 New->isInline() || 3953 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3954 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3955 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3956 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3957 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3958 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3959 3960 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3961 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 3963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 3964 return false; 3965 } else { 3966 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3967 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3968 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3969 return true; 3970 } 3971 } 3972 3973 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3974 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3975 Decl * 3976 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3977 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3978 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3979 AnonRecord); 3980 } 3981 3982 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3983 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3984 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3985 // compatibility. 3986 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3987 // targeted. 3988 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3989 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3990 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3991 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3992 } 3993 3994 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3995 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3996 return; 3997 3998 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3999 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4000 // it is anonymous. 4001 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4002 return; 4003 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4004 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4005 Context.setManglingNumber( 4006 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4007 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4008 return; 4009 } 4010 4011 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4012 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4013 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4014 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4015 Context.setManglingNumber( 4016 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4017 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4018 } 4019 } 4020 4021 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4022 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4023 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4024 return; 4025 4026 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4027 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4028 return; 4029 4030 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4031 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4032 4033 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4034 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4035 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4037 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4038 return; 4039 } 4040 4041 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4042 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4043 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4044 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4045 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4046 // for how to handle it. 4047 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4048 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4049 4050 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4051 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4052 4053 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4054 textToInsert += ' '; 4055 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4056 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4057 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4058 return; 4059 } 4060 4061 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4062 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4063 } 4064 4065 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4066 switch (T) { 4067 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4068 return 0; 4069 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4070 return 1; 4071 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4072 return 2; 4073 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4074 return 3; 4075 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4076 return 4; 4077 default: 4078 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4079 } 4080 } 4081 4082 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4083 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4084 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4085 Decl * 4086 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4087 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4088 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4089 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4090 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4091 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4092 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4093 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4094 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4095 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4096 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4097 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4098 4099 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4100 return nullptr; 4101 4102 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4103 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4104 // it's a Type. 4105 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4106 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4107 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4108 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4109 } 4110 4111 if (Tag) { 4112 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4113 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4114 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4115 return Tag; 4116 } 4117 4118 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4119 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4120 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4121 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4122 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4123 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4124 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4125 } 4126 4127 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4128 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4129 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 4130 4131 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4132 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4133 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4134 if (Tag) 4135 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4136 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4137 else 4138 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4139 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4140 return TagD; 4141 } 4142 4143 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4144 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4145 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4146 // its initializer. 4147 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4148 return TagD; 4149 } 4150 4151 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4152 4153 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4154 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4155 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4156 if (TagD && !Tag) 4157 return nullptr; 4158 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4159 } 4160 4161 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4162 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4163 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4164 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4165 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4166 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4167 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4168 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4169 // or an explicit specialization. 4170 // 4171 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4172 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4173 // 4174 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4175 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4176 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4177 return nullptr; 4178 } 4179 4180 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4181 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4182 4183 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4184 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4185 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4186 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4188 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4189 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4190 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4191 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4192 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4193 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4194 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4195 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4196 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4197 AnonRecord = Record; 4198 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4199 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4200 } 4201 4202 DeclaresAnything = false; 4203 } 4204 } 4205 4206 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4207 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4208 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4209 // 4210 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4211 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4212 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4213 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4214 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4215 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4216 // struct STRUCT; 4217 // union UNION; 4218 // and 4219 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4220 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4221 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4222 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4223 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4224 if (Tag) 4225 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4226 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4227 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4228 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4229 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4230 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4231 4232 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4233 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4234 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4235 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4236 } 4237 4238 DeclaresAnything = false; 4239 } 4240 } 4241 4242 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4243 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4244 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4245 return TagD; 4246 4247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4248 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4249 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4250 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4251 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4252 DeclaresAnything = false; 4253 4254 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4255 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4256 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4257 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4258 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4259 else 4260 DeclaresAnything = false; 4261 } 4262 4263 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4264 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4265 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4266 << Tag->getTagKind() 4267 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4268 4269 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4270 4271 // C 6.7/2: 4272 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4273 // or the members of an enumeration. 4274 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4275 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4276 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4277 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4278 // previous declaration. 4279 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4280 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4281 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4282 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4283 return TagD; 4284 } 4285 4286 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4287 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4288 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4289 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4290 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4291 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4292 // 4293 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4294 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4295 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4296 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4297 4298 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4299 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4300 // useless. 4301 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4302 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4303 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4304 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4305 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4306 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4307 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4308 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4309 } 4310 4311 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4312 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4313 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4314 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4315 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4316 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4317 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4318 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4319 // Restrict is covered above. 4320 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4321 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4322 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4323 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4324 } 4325 4326 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4327 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4328 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4329 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4330 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4331 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4332 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4333 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4334 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4335 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4336 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4337 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4338 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4339 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4340 } 4341 } 4342 4343 return TagD; 4344 } 4345 4346 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4347 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4348 /// 4349 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4350 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4351 Scope *S, 4352 DeclContext *Owner, 4353 DeclarationName Name, 4354 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4355 bool IsUnion) { 4356 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4357 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4358 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4359 4360 // Pick a representative declaration. 4361 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4362 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4363 4364 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4365 return false; 4366 4367 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4368 << IsUnion << Name; 4369 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4370 4371 return true; 4372 } 4373 4374 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4375 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4376 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4377 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4378 /// struct, e.g., 4379 /// 4380 /// @code 4381 /// union { 4382 /// int i; 4383 /// float f; 4384 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4385 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4386 /// @endcode 4387 /// 4388 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4389 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4390 static bool 4391 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4392 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4393 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4394 bool Invalid = false; 4395 4396 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4397 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4398 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4399 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4400 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4401 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4402 VD->getLocation(), 4403 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4404 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4405 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4406 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4407 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4408 Invalid = true; 4409 } else { 4410 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4411 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4412 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4413 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4414 // anonymous union is declared. 4415 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4416 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4417 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4418 else 4419 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4420 4421 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4422 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4423 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4424 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4425 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4426 4427 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4428 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4429 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4430 4431 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4432 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4433 4434 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4435 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4436 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4437 4438 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4439 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4440 4441 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4442 } 4443 } 4444 } 4445 4446 return Invalid; 4447 } 4448 4449 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4450 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4451 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4452 static StorageClass 4453 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4454 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4455 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4456 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4457 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4458 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4459 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4460 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4461 return SC_None; 4462 return SC_Extern; 4463 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4464 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4465 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4466 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4467 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4468 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4469 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4470 } 4471 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4472 } 4473 4474 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4475 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4476 4477 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4478 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4479 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4480 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4481 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4482 return FD->getLocation(); 4483 } 4484 4485 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4486 } 4487 4488 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4489 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4490 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4491 return; 4492 4493 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4494 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4495 } 4496 4497 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4498 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4499 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4500 return; 4501 4502 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4503 } 4504 4505 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4506 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4507 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4508 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4509 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4510 AccessSpecifier AS, 4511 RecordDecl *Record, 4512 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4513 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4514 4515 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4516 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4517 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4518 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4519 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4520 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4521 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4522 4523 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4524 // structs/unions. 4525 bool Invalid = false; 4526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4527 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4528 unsigned DiagID; 4529 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4530 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4531 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4532 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4533 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4534 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4535 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4536 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4537 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4538 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4539 4540 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4541 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4542 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4543 } 4544 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4545 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4546 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4547 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4548 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4549 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4550 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4551 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4552 4553 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4554 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4555 SourceLocation(), 4556 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4557 } 4558 } 4559 4560 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4561 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4562 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4563 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4564 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4565 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4566 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4567 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4568 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4569 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4570 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4571 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4572 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4573 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4574 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4575 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4576 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4577 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4578 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4579 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4580 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4581 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4582 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4583 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4584 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4585 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4586 4587 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4588 } 4589 4590 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4591 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4592 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4593 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4594 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4595 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4596 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4597 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4598 // members (clause 11). 4599 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4600 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4601 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4602 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4603 Invalid = true; 4604 } 4605 4606 // C++ [class.union]p1 4607 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4608 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4609 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4610 // array of such objects. 4611 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4612 Invalid = true; 4613 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4614 // Any implicit members are fine. 4615 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4616 // This is a type that showed up in an 4617 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4618 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4619 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4620 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4621 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4622 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4623 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4624 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4625 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4626 << Record->isUnion(); 4627 else { 4628 // This is a nested type declaration. 4629 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4630 << Record->isUnion(); 4631 Invalid = true; 4632 } 4633 } else { 4634 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4635 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4636 // not part of standard C++. 4637 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4638 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4639 << Record->isUnion(); 4640 } 4641 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4642 // Any access specifier is fine. 4643 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4644 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4645 } else { 4646 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4647 // member. Complain about it. 4648 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4649 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4650 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4651 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4652 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4653 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4654 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4655 4656 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4657 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4658 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4659 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4660 << Record->isUnion(); 4661 else { 4662 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4663 Invalid = true; 4664 } 4665 } 4666 } 4667 4668 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4669 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4670 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4671 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4672 Owner->isRecord()) 4673 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4674 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4675 } 4676 4677 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4678 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4679 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4680 Invalid = true; 4681 } 4682 4683 // Mock up a declarator. 4684 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4686 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4687 4688 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4689 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4690 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4691 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4692 DS.getLocStart(), 4693 Record->getLocation(), 4694 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4695 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4696 TInfo, 4697 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4698 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4699 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4700 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4701 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4702 } else { 4703 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4704 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4705 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4706 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4707 // an error here 4708 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4709 Invalid = true; 4710 SC = SC_None; 4711 } 4712 4713 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4714 DS.getLocStart(), 4715 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4716 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4717 TInfo, SC); 4718 4719 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4720 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4721 // initializer: 4722 // union { int n = 0; }; 4723 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4724 } 4725 Anon->setImplicit(); 4726 4727 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4728 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4729 4730 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4731 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4732 // its members. 4733 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4734 4735 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4736 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4737 // purposes. 4738 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4739 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4740 4741 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4742 Invalid = true; 4743 4744 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4746 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4747 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4748 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4749 Context.setManglingNumber( 4750 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4751 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4752 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4753 } 4754 } 4755 } 4756 4757 if (Invalid) 4758 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4759 4760 return Anon; 4761 } 4762 4763 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4764 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4765 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4766 /// Example: 4767 /// 4768 /// struct A { int a; }; 4769 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4770 /// 4771 /// void foo() { 4772 /// B var; 4773 /// var.a = 3; 4774 /// } 4775 /// 4776 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4777 RecordDecl *Record) { 4778 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4779 4780 // Mock up a declarator. 4781 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4782 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4783 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4784 4785 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4786 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4787 4788 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4789 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4790 ParentDecl, 4791 DS.getLocStart(), 4792 DS.getLocStart(), 4793 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4794 RecTy, 4795 TInfo, 4796 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4797 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4798 Anon->setImplicit(); 4799 4800 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4801 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4802 4803 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4804 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4805 // purposes. 4806 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4807 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4808 4809 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4810 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4811 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4812 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4813 AS_none, Chain)) { 4814 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4815 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 } 4817 4818 return Anon; 4819 } 4820 4821 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4822 /// given Declarator. 4823 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4824 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4825 } 4826 4827 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4828 DeclarationNameInfo 4829 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4830 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4831 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4832 4833 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4834 4835 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4836 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4837 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4838 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4839 return NameInfo; 4840 4841 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4842 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4843 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4844 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4845 // of the simple-template-id. 4846 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4847 // class template. 4848 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4849 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4850 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4851 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4852 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4853 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4854 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4855 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4856 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4857 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4858 if (Template) 4859 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4860 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4861 } 4862 4863 NameInfo.setName( 4864 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4865 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4866 return NameInfo; 4867 } 4868 4869 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4870 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4871 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4872 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4873 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4874 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4875 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4876 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4877 return NameInfo; 4878 4879 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4880 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4881 Name.Identifier)); 4882 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4883 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4884 return NameInfo; 4885 4886 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4887 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4888 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4889 if (Ty.isNull()) 4890 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4891 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4892 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4893 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4894 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4895 return NameInfo; 4896 } 4897 4898 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4899 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4900 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4901 if (Ty.isNull()) 4902 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4903 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4904 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4905 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4906 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4907 return NameInfo; 4908 } 4909 4910 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4911 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4912 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4913 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4914 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4915 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4916 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4917 4918 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4919 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4920 4921 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4922 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4923 // was qualified. 4924 4925 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4926 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4927 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4928 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4929 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4930 return NameInfo; 4931 } 4932 4933 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4934 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4935 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4936 if (Ty.isNull()) 4937 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4938 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4939 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4940 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4941 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4942 return NameInfo; 4943 } 4944 4945 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4946 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4947 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4948 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4949 } 4950 4951 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4952 4953 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4954 } 4955 4956 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4957 do { 4958 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4959 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4960 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4961 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4962 else 4963 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4964 } while (true); 4965 } 4966 4967 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4968 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4969 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4970 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4971 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4972 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4973 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4974 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4975 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4976 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4977 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4978 Params.clear(); 4979 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4980 return false; 4981 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4982 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4983 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4984 4985 // The parameter types are identical 4986 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4987 continue; 4988 4989 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4990 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4991 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4992 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4993 4994 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4995 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4996 Params.push_back(Idx); 4997 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4998 return false; 4999 } 5000 5001 return true; 5002 } 5003 5004 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5005 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5006 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5007 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5008 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5009 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5010 DeclarationName Name) { 5011 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5012 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5013 // - types which will become injected class names 5014 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5015 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5016 // few cases here. 5017 5018 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5019 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5020 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5021 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5022 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5023 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5024 // Grab the type from the parser. 5025 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5026 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5027 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5028 5029 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5030 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5031 // attached already. 5032 if (!TSI) 5033 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5034 5035 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5036 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5037 if (!TSI) return true; 5038 5039 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5040 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5041 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5042 break; 5043 } 5044 5045 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5046 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5047 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5048 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5049 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5050 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5051 break; 5052 } 5053 5054 default: 5055 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5056 break; 5057 } 5058 5059 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5060 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5061 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5062 5063 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5064 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5065 // pointer. 5066 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5067 continue; 5068 5069 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5070 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5071 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5072 return true; 5073 } 5074 5075 return false; 5076 } 5077 5078 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5079 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5080 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5081 5082 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5083 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5084 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5085 5086 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5087 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5088 5089 return Dcl; 5090 } 5091 5092 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5093 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5094 /// name different from T: 5095 /// - every static data member of class T; 5096 /// - every member function of class T 5097 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5098 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5099 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5100 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5101 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5102 5103 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5104 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5105 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5106 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5107 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5108 return true; 5109 } 5110 5111 return false; 5112 } 5113 5114 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5115 /// nested-name-specifier. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5118 /// 5119 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5120 /// resolves. 5121 /// 5122 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5123 /// 5124 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5125 /// 5126 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5127 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5128 DeclarationName Name, 5129 SourceLocation Loc) { 5130 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5131 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5132 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5133 5134 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5135 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5136 // 5137 // class X { 5138 // void X::f(); 5139 // }; 5140 // 5141 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5142 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5143 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5144 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5145 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5146 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5147 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5148 SS.clear(); 5149 } else { 5150 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5151 } 5152 return false; 5153 } 5154 5155 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5156 // declaration. 5157 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5158 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5159 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5160 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5161 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5162 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5163 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5164 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5166 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5167 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5169 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5170 else 5171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5172 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5173 5174 return true; 5175 } 5176 5177 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5178 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5180 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5181 SS.clear(); 5182 5183 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5184 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5185 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5186 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5187 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5188 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5189 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5190 return true; 5191 5192 return false; 5193 } 5194 5195 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5196 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5197 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5198 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5199 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5200 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5201 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5202 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5204 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5205 5206 return false; 5207 } 5208 5209 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5210 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5211 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5212 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5213 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5214 5215 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5216 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5217 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5218 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5219 } else if (!Name) { 5220 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5221 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5222 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5223 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5224 return nullptr; 5225 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5226 return nullptr; 5227 5228 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5229 // we find one that is. 5230 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5231 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5232 S = S->getParent(); 5233 5234 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5235 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5236 D.setInvalidType(); 5237 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5238 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5239 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5240 return nullptr; 5241 5242 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5243 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5244 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5245 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5246 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5247 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5248 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5249 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5250 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5251 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5252 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5253 return nullptr; 5254 } 5255 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5256 5257 if (!IsDependentContext && 5258 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5259 return nullptr; 5260 5261 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5262 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5263 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5264 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5265 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5266 return nullptr; 5267 } 5268 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5269 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5270 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5271 if (DC->isRecord()) 5272 return nullptr; 5273 5274 D.setInvalidType(); 5275 } 5276 } 5277 5278 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5279 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5280 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5281 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5282 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5283 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5284 D.setInvalidType(); 5285 } 5286 } 5287 5288 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5289 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5290 5291 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5292 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5293 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5294 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5295 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5296 return nullptr; 5297 5298 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5299 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5300 D.setInvalidType(); 5301 5302 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5303 ForRedeclaration); 5304 5305 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5306 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5307 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5308 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5309 5310 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5311 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5312 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5313 // 5314 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5315 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5316 // the same name. 5317 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5318 /* Do nothing*/; 5319 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5320 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5321 R->isFunctionType())) { 5322 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5323 CreateBuiltins = 5324 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5325 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5326 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5327 CreateBuiltins = true; 5328 5329 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5330 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5331 5332 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5333 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5334 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5335 5336 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5337 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5338 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5339 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5340 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5341 // thereof; [...] 5342 // 5343 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5344 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5345 // we want to match. For example, given: 5346 // 5347 // class X { 5348 // void f(); 5349 // void f(float); 5350 // }; 5351 // 5352 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5353 // 5354 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5355 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5356 // matches. 5357 5358 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5359 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5360 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5361 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5362 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5363 } 5364 5365 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5366 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5367 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5368 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5369 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5370 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5371 5372 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5373 Previous.clear(); 5374 } 5375 5376 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5377 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5378 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5379 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5380 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5381 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5382 Previous.clear(); 5383 5384 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5385 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5386 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5387 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5388 5389 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5390 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5391 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5392 // template, declared in namespace scope 5393 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5394 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5395 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5396 return nullptr; 5397 } 5398 5399 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5400 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5401 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5402 return nullptr; 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 NamedDecl *New; 5407 5408 bool AddToScope = true; 5409 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5410 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5411 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5412 return nullptr; 5413 } 5414 5415 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5416 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5417 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5418 TemplateParamLists, 5419 AddToScope); 5420 } else { 5421 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5422 AddToScope); 5423 } 5424 5425 if (!New) 5426 return nullptr; 5427 5428 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5429 // add it to the scope stack. 5430 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5431 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5432 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5433 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5434 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5435 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5436 if (!AddToContext) 5437 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5438 } 5439 5440 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5441 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5442 5443 return New; 5444 } 5445 5446 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5447 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5448 /// GCC compatibility). 5449 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5450 ASTContext &Context, 5451 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5452 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5453 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5454 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5455 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5456 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5457 SizeIsNegative = false; 5458 Oversized = 0; 5459 5460 if (T->isDependentType()) 5461 return QualType(); 5462 5463 QualifierCollector Qs; 5464 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5465 5466 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5467 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5468 QualType FixedType = 5469 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5470 Oversized); 5471 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5472 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5473 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5474 } 5475 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5476 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5477 QualType FixedType = 5478 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5479 Oversized); 5480 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5481 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5482 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5483 } 5484 5485 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5486 if (!VLATy) 5487 return QualType(); 5488 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5489 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5490 return QualType(); 5491 5492 llvm::APSInt Res; 5493 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5494 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5495 return QualType(); 5496 5497 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5498 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5499 SizeIsNegative = true; 5500 return QualType(); 5501 } 5502 5503 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5504 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5505 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5506 Res); 5507 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5508 Oversized = Res; 5509 return QualType(); 5510 } 5511 5512 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5513 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5514 } 5515 5516 static void 5517 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5518 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5519 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5520 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5521 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5522 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5523 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5524 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5525 return; 5526 } 5527 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5528 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5529 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5530 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5531 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5532 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5533 return; 5534 } 5535 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5536 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5537 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5538 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5539 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5540 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5541 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5542 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5543 } 5544 5545 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5546 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5547 /// GCC compatibility). 5548 static TypeSourceInfo* 5549 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5550 ASTContext &Context, 5551 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5552 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5553 QualType FixedTy 5554 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5555 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5556 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5557 return nullptr; 5558 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5559 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5560 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5561 return FixedTInfo; 5562 } 5563 5564 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5565 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5566 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5567 /// function-scope declarations. 5568 void 5569 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5570 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5571 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5572 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5573 return; 5574 5575 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5576 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5577 } 5578 5579 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5580 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5581 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5582 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5583 } 5584 5585 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5586 /// does not identify a function. 5587 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5588 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5589 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5590 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5591 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5592 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5593 5594 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5595 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5596 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5597 5598 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5599 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5600 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5601 } 5602 5603 NamedDecl* 5604 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5605 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5606 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5607 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5608 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5609 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5610 D.setInvalidType(); 5611 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5612 DC = CurContext; 5613 Previous.clear(); 5614 } 5615 5616 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5617 5618 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5619 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5620 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5621 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5623 << 1; 5624 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5625 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5626 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5627 5628 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5629 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5630 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5631 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5632 << "typedef"; 5633 else 5634 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5635 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5636 return nullptr; 5637 } 5638 5639 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5640 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5641 5642 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5643 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5644 5645 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5646 5647 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5648 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5649 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5650 return ND; 5651 } 5652 5653 void 5654 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5655 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5656 // then it shall have block scope. 5657 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5658 // that redeclarations will match. 5659 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5660 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5661 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5662 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5663 5664 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5665 bool SizeIsNegative; 5666 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5667 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5668 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5669 SizeIsNegative, 5670 Oversized); 5671 if (FixedTInfo) { 5672 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5673 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5674 } else { 5675 if (SizeIsNegative) 5676 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5677 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5678 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5679 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5680 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5681 << Oversized.toString(10); 5682 else 5683 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5684 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5685 } 5686 } 5687 } 5688 } 5689 5690 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5691 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5692 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5693 NamedDecl* 5694 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5695 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5696 5697 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5698 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5699 5700 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5701 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5702 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5703 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5704 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5705 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5706 Redeclaration = true; 5707 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5708 } 5709 5710 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5711 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5712 5713 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5714 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5715 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5716 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5717 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5718 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5719 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5720 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5721 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5722 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5723 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5724 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5725 } 5726 5727 return NewTD; 5728 } 5729 5730 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5731 /// previous declaration. 5732 /// 5733 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5734 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5735 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5736 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5737 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5738 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5739 /// 5740 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5741 /// lookup 5742 /// 5743 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5744 /// declared. 5745 /// 5746 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5747 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5748 static bool 5749 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5750 ASTContext &Context) { 5751 if (!PrevDecl) 5752 return false; 5753 5754 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5755 return false; 5756 5757 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5758 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5759 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5760 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5761 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5762 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5763 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5764 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5765 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5766 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5767 return false; 5768 5769 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5770 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5771 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5772 return false; 5773 5774 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5775 // previous declarations. 5776 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5777 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5778 5779 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5780 // isn't the same function. 5781 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5782 return false; 5783 } 5784 5785 return true; 5786 } 5787 5788 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5789 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5790 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5791 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5792 } 5793 5794 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5795 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5796 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5797 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5798 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5799 unsigned kind = -1U; 5800 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5801 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5802 kind = 0; // __block 5803 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5804 kind = 1; // global 5805 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5806 kind = 3; // ivar 5807 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5808 kind = 2; // field 5809 } 5810 5811 if (kind != -1U) { 5812 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5813 << kind; 5814 } 5815 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5816 // Try to infer lifetime. 5817 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5821 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5822 decl->setType(type); 5823 } 5824 5825 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5826 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5827 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5828 var->getTLSKind()) { 5829 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5830 << var->getType(); 5831 return true; 5832 } 5833 } 5834 5835 return false; 5836 } 5837 5838 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5839 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5840 // the wrong linkage. 5841 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5842 5843 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5844 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5845 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5846 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5847 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5848 } 5849 } 5850 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5851 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5852 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5853 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5854 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5855 } 5856 } 5857 5858 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5859 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5860 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5861 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5862 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5863 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5864 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5865 } 5866 } 5867 } 5868 5869 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5870 // It does not apply to functions. 5871 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5872 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5873 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5874 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5875 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5876 } 5877 } 5878 5879 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5880 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5881 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5882 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5883 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5884 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5885 << &ND << Attr; 5886 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5887 } 5888 } 5889 5890 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5891 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5892 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5893 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5894 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5895 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5896 << Attr; 5897 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5898 } 5899 } 5900 5901 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5902 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5903 bool IsSpecialization, 5904 bool IsDefinition) { 5905 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5906 return; 5907 5908 bool IsTemplate = false; 5909 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5910 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5911 IsTemplate = true; 5912 if (!IsSpecialization) 5913 IsDefinition = false; 5914 } 5915 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5916 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5917 IsTemplate = true; 5918 } 5919 5920 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5921 return; 5922 5923 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5924 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5925 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5926 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5927 5928 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5929 // inherited attribute instances. 5930 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5931 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5932 5933 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5934 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5935 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5936 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5937 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5938 5939 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5940 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5941 bool JustWarn = false; 5942 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5943 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5944 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5945 JustWarn = true; 5946 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5947 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5948 JustWarn = true; 5949 } 5950 5951 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5952 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5953 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5954 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5955 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5956 JustWarn = false; 5957 5958 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5959 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5960 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5961 << NewDecl 5962 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5963 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5964 if (!JustWarn) { 5965 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5966 return; 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5971 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5972 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5973 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5974 // it were marked dllexport. 5975 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5976 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5977 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5978 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5979 // separately. 5980 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5981 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5982 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5983 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5984 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5985 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5986 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5987 } 5988 5989 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5990 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5991 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5992 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5993 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5994 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5995 << NewDecl; 5996 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5997 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5998 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5999 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6000 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6001 } else { 6002 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6003 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6004 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6005 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6006 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6007 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6008 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6009 } 6010 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6011 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 6012 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6013 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6014 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6015 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6016 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6021 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6022 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6023 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6024 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6025 6026 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6027 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6028 6029 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6030 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6031 return false; 6032 6033 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6034 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6035 } 6036 6037 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6038 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6039 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6040 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6041 /// 6042 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6043 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6044 /// 6045 /// For instance: 6046 /// 6047 /// auto x = []{}; 6048 /// 6049 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6050 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6051 /// 6052 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6053 template<typename T> 6054 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6055 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6056 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6057 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6058 return false; 6059 6060 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6061 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6062 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6063 return false; 6064 } 6065 return D->isExternC(); 6066 } 6067 6068 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6069 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6070 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6071 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6072 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6073 return true; 6074 if (DC->isRecord()) 6075 return false; 6076 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6077 } 6078 6079 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6080 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6081 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6082 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6083 return true; 6084 if (DC->isRecord()) 6085 return false; 6086 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6087 } 6088 6089 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6090 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6091 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6092 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6093 return true; 6094 return false; 6095 } 6096 6097 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6098 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6099 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6100 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6101 return true; 6102 6103 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6104 // position to the decl itself. 6105 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6106 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6107 return true; 6108 } 6109 6110 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6111 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6112 } 6113 6114 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6115 /// function-local external declaration. 6116 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6117 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6118 return false; 6119 6120 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6121 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6122 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6123 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6124 return true; 6125 6126 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6127 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6128 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6129 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6130 // 6131 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6132 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6133 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6134 DC = DC->getParent(); 6135 return true; 6136 } 6137 6138 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6139 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6140 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6141 return FD->isExternC(); 6142 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6143 return VD->isExternC(); 6144 6145 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6146 } 6147 6148 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6149 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6150 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6151 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6152 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6153 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6154 6155 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6156 6157 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6158 AddToScope = false; 6159 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6160 // purposes. 6161 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6162 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6163 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6164 Name = II; 6165 } 6166 } else if (!II) { 6167 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6168 return nullptr; 6169 } 6170 6171 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6172 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6173 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6174 // argument. 6175 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6176 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6177 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6178 << R; 6179 D.setInvalidType(); 6180 return nullptr; 6181 } 6182 6183 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6184 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6185 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6186 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6187 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6188 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6189 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6190 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6191 D.setInvalidType(); 6192 return nullptr; 6193 } 6194 } 6195 6196 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6197 QualType NR = R; 6198 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6199 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6200 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6201 D.setInvalidType(); 6202 break; 6203 } 6204 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6205 } 6206 6207 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6208 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6209 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6210 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6211 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6212 D.setInvalidType(); 6213 } 6214 } 6215 6216 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6217 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6218 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6219 // space qualifiers. 6220 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6221 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6222 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6223 } 6224 6225 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6226 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6227 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6228 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6229 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6230 R.isConstQualified())) { 6231 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6232 D.setInvalidType(); 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6237 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6238 // address space qualifiers. 6239 if (R->isEventT()) { 6240 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6241 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6242 D.setInvalidType(); 6243 } 6244 } 6245 } 6246 6247 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6248 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6249 6250 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6251 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6252 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6253 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6254 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6255 SC = SC_Extern; 6256 6257 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6258 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6259 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6260 6261 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6262 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6263 // an error here 6264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6265 D.setInvalidType(); 6266 SC = SC_None; 6267 } 6268 6269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6270 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6271 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6272 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6273 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6274 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6276 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6277 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6278 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6279 } 6280 6281 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6282 6283 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6284 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6285 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6286 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6287 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6288 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6289 D.setInvalidType(); 6290 } 6291 } 6292 6293 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6294 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6295 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6296 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6297 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6298 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6299 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6300 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6301 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6302 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6303 R, TInfo, SC); 6304 6305 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6306 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6307 6308 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6309 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6310 } else { 6311 bool Invalid = false; 6312 6313 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6314 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6315 switch (SC) { 6316 case SC_None: 6317 break; 6318 case SC_Static: 6319 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6320 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6322 break; 6323 case SC_Auto: 6324 case SC_Register: 6325 case SC_Extern: 6326 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6327 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6328 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6329 // of class members 6330 6331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6332 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6334 break; 6335 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6336 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6337 } 6338 } 6339 6340 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6341 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6342 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6343 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6344 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6345 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6346 6347 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6348 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6349 if (RD->isUnion()) 6350 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6351 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6352 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6353 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6354 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6355 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6356 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6357 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6358 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6359 } 6360 } 6361 6362 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6363 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6364 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6365 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6366 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6367 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6368 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6369 : nullptr, 6370 TemplateParamLists, 6371 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6372 6373 if (TemplateParams) { 6374 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6375 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6376 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6377 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6378 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6379 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6380 << II 6381 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6382 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6383 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6384 } else { 6385 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6386 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6387 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6388 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6389 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6390 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6391 // This is a template declaration. 6392 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6393 6394 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6395 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6396 return nullptr; 6397 6398 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6399 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6400 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6401 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6402 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 } else { 6406 assert( 6407 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6408 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6409 } 6410 6411 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6412 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6413 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6414 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6415 : SourceLocation(); 6416 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6417 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6418 IsPartialSpecialization); 6419 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6420 return nullptr; 6421 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6422 AddToScope = false; 6423 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6424 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6425 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6426 Bindings); 6427 } else 6428 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6429 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6430 6431 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6432 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6433 NewTemplate = 6434 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6435 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6436 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6437 } 6438 6439 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6440 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6441 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6442 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6443 6444 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6445 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6446 if (NewTemplate) 6447 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6448 } 6449 6450 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6451 6452 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6453 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6454 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6455 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6456 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6457 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6458 6459 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6460 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6461 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6462 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6463 // implicitly an inline variable. 6464 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6465 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6466 } 6467 6468 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6469 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6470 VTD->setConcept(); 6471 6472 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6473 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6474 // specifiers, [...] 6475 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6476 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6477 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6478 << 0 << 0; 6479 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6480 } 6481 6482 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6483 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6484 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6485 << 0 << 3; 6486 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6487 } 6488 6489 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6490 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6491 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6492 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6494 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6495 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6496 } 6497 6498 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6499 // following restrictions: 6500 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6501 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6502 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6503 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6504 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6505 } 6506 } 6507 } 6508 6509 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6510 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6511 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6512 << 0; 6513 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6514 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6515 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6516 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6517 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6518 } else { 6519 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6520 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6521 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6522 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6523 } 6524 } 6525 6526 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6527 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6528 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6529 if (NewTemplate) 6530 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6531 6532 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6533 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6534 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6535 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6536 else 6537 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6538 } 6539 6540 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6541 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6542 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6543 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6544 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6545 // explicitly. 6546 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6547 // 'extern'. 6548 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6549 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6550 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6551 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6553 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6554 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6555 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6556 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6557 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6558 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6559 // error should be ignored. 6560 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6561 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6562 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6563 // to emit any code for it. 6564 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6565 } else 6566 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6567 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6568 } else 6569 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6570 } 6571 6572 // C99 6.7.4p3 6573 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6574 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6575 // thread storage duration... 6576 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6577 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6578 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6579 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6580 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6581 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6582 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6583 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6584 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6585 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6586 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6587 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6592 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6593 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6594 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6595 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6596 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6597 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6598 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6599 << 2 6600 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6601 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6602 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6603 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6604 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6605 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6606 else { 6607 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6608 if (NewTemplate) 6609 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6610 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6611 B->setModulePrivate(); 6612 } 6613 } 6614 6615 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6616 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6617 6618 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6619 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6620 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6621 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6622 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6623 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6624 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6625 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6626 // storage [duration]." 6627 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6628 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6629 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6630 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6635 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6636 // check the VarDecl itself. 6637 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6638 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6639 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6640 6641 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6642 // retainable type. 6643 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6644 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6645 6646 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6647 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6648 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6649 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6650 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6651 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6652 switch (SC) { 6653 case SC_None: 6654 case SC_Auto: 6655 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6656 break; 6657 case SC_Register: 6658 // Local Named register 6659 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6660 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6661 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6662 break; 6663 case SC_Static: 6664 case SC_Extern: 6665 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6666 break; 6667 } 6668 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6669 // Global Named register 6670 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6671 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6672 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6673 6674 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6675 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6676 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6677 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6678 HasSizeMismatch)) 6679 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6680 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6681 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6682 } 6683 6684 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6685 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6686 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6687 } 6688 } 6689 6690 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6691 Context, Label, 0)); 6692 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6693 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6694 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6695 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6696 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6697 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6698 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6699 } else 6700 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6701 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6702 } 6703 } 6704 6705 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6706 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6707 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6708 : nullptr; 6709 6710 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6711 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6712 // declaration has linkage). 6713 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6714 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6715 IsMemberSpecialization || 6716 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6717 6718 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6719 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6721 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6722 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6723 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6724 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6725 6726 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6727 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6728 } else { 6729 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6730 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6731 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6732 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6733 6734 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6735 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6736 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6737 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6738 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6739 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6740 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6741 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6742 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6743 Previous.clear(); 6744 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6745 } 6746 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6747 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6749 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6750 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6751 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6752 } 6753 6754 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6755 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6756 6757 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6758 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6759 // concept definition. 6760 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6761 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6762 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6763 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6764 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6765 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6766 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6767 << 1 /*variable*/ 6768 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6769 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6770 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6771 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6772 } 6773 } 6774 } 6775 6776 if (NewTemplate) { 6777 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6778 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6779 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6780 : nullptr; 6781 6782 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6783 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6784 // template declaration. 6785 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6786 TemplateParams, 6787 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6788 : nullptr, 6789 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6790 DC->isDependentContext()) 6791 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6792 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6793 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6794 6795 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6796 // template, make a note of that. 6797 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6798 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6799 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6800 } 6801 } 6802 6803 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6804 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6805 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6806 6807 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6808 6809 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6810 // the map of such variables. 6811 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6812 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6813 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6814 6815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6816 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6817 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6818 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6819 Context.setManglingNumber( 6820 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6821 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6822 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6823 } 6824 } 6825 6826 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6827 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6828 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6829 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6830 6831 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6832 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6833 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6834 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6835 6836 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6837 // behavior. 6838 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6839 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6840 } 6841 6842 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6843 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6844 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6845 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6846 } 6847 6848 if (NewTemplate) { 6849 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6850 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6851 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6852 return NewTemplate; 6853 } 6854 6855 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6856 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6857 6858 return NewVD; 6859 } 6860 6861 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6862 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6863 SDK_Local, 6864 SDK_Global, 6865 SDK_StaticMember, 6866 SDK_Field, 6867 SDK_Typedef, 6868 SDK_Using 6869 }; 6870 6871 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6872 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6873 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6874 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6875 return SDK_Using; 6876 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6877 return SDK_Typedef; 6878 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6879 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6880 6881 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6882 } 6883 6884 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6885 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6886 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6887 const VarDecl *VD) { 6888 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6889 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6890 return Capture.getLocation(); 6891 } 6892 return SourceLocation(); 6893 } 6894 6895 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6896 const LookupResult &R) { 6897 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6898 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6899 return false; 6900 6901 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6902 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6903 } 6904 6905 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6906 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6907 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6908 const LookupResult &R) { 6909 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6910 return nullptr; 6911 6912 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6913 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6914 return nullptr; 6915 6916 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6917 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6918 ? ShadowedDecl 6919 : nullptr; 6920 } 6921 6922 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6923 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6924 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6925 const LookupResult &R) { 6926 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6927 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6928 return nullptr; 6929 6930 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6931 return nullptr; 6932 6933 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6934 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6935 } 6936 6937 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6938 /// -Wshadow. 6939 /// 6940 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6941 /// scope. 6942 /// 6943 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6944 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6945 /// 6946 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6947 const LookupResult &R) { 6948 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6949 6950 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6951 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6952 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6953 if (MD->isStatic()) 6954 return; 6955 6956 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6957 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6958 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6959 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6960 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6961 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6962 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6963 return; 6964 } 6965 } 6966 6967 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6968 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6969 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6970 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6971 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6972 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6973 ShadowedDecl = I; 6974 break; 6975 } 6976 } 6977 6978 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6979 6980 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6981 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6982 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6983 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6984 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6985 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6986 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6987 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6988 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6989 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6990 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6991 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6992 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6993 } else { 6994 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6995 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6996 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6997 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6998 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6999 return; 7000 } 7001 } 7002 7003 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7004 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7005 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7006 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7007 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7008 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7009 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7010 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7011 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7012 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7013 return; 7014 } 7015 } 7016 } 7017 } 7018 } 7019 7020 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7021 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7022 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7023 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7024 return; 7025 7026 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7027 // static data members from base classes? 7028 7029 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7030 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7031 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7032 } 7033 7034 7035 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7036 7037 // Emit warning and note. 7038 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7039 return; 7040 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7041 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7042 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7043 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7044 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7045 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7046 } 7047 7048 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7049 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7050 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7051 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7052 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7053 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7054 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7055 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7056 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7057 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7058 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7059 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7060 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7061 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7062 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7063 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7064 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7065 } 7066 } 7067 7068 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7069 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7070 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7071 return; 7072 7073 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7074 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7075 LookupName(R, S); 7076 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7077 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7078 } 7079 7080 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7081 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7082 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7083 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7084 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7085 return; 7086 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7087 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7088 if (!DRE) 7089 return; 7090 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7091 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7092 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7093 return; 7094 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7095 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7096 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7097 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7098 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7099 7100 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7101 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7102 } 7103 7104 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7105 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7106 template<typename T> 7107 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7108 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7109 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7110 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7111 7112 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7113 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7114 // declaration. 7115 return false; 7116 } 7117 7118 if (Prev) { 7119 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7120 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7121 // redeclaration. 7122 Previous.clear(); 7123 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7124 return true; 7125 } 7126 7127 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7128 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7129 // declaration. 7130 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7131 return false; 7132 } else { 7133 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7134 // translation unit which might conflict. 7135 if (IsGlobal) { 7136 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7137 IsGlobal = false; 7138 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7139 I != E; ++I) { 7140 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7141 Prev = *I; 7142 break; 7143 } 7144 } 7145 } else { 7146 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7147 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7148 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7149 I != E; ++I) { 7150 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7151 Prev = *I; 7152 break; 7153 } 7154 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7155 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7156 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7157 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7158 // diagnostic. 7159 } 7160 } 7161 7162 if (!Prev) 7163 return false; 7164 } 7165 7166 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7167 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7168 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7169 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7170 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7171 else 7172 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7173 7174 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7175 << IsGlobal << ND; 7176 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7177 << IsGlobal; 7178 return false; 7179 } 7180 7181 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7182 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7183 /// 7184 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7185 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7186 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7187 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7188 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7189 template<typename T> 7190 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7191 LookupResult &Previous) { 7192 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7193 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7194 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7195 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7196 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7197 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7198 Previous.clear(); 7199 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7200 return true; 7201 } 7202 } 7203 return false; 7204 } 7205 7206 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7207 // declaration. 7208 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7209 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7210 7211 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7212 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7213 // in another scope. 7214 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7215 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7216 7217 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7218 return false; 7219 } 7220 7221 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7222 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7223 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7224 return; 7225 7226 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7227 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7228 7229 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7230 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7231 return; 7232 7233 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7234 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7235 7236 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7237 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7238 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7239 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7240 NewVD->setType(T); 7241 } 7242 7243 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7244 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7245 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7246 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7247 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7248 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7249 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7250 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7251 return; 7252 } 7253 7254 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7255 // scope. 7256 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7257 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7258 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7259 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7260 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7261 return; 7262 } 7263 7264 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7265 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7266 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7268 return; 7269 } 7270 7271 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7272 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7273 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7274 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7275 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7276 << 0 /*const*/; 7277 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7278 return; 7279 } 7280 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7281 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7282 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7283 return; 7284 } 7285 } 7286 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7287 // __constant address space. 7288 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7289 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7290 // address space. 7291 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7292 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7293 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7294 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7295 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7296 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7297 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7298 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7299 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7300 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7301 else 7302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7303 << Scope << "constant"; 7304 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7305 return; 7306 } 7307 } else { 7308 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7309 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7310 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7311 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7312 return; 7313 } 7314 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7315 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7316 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7317 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7318 // in functions. 7319 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7320 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7321 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7322 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7323 else 7324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7325 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7326 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7327 return; 7328 } 7329 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7330 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7331 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7332 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7333 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7334 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7335 << "constant"; 7336 else 7337 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7338 << "local"; 7339 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7340 return; 7341 } 7342 } 7343 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7344 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7345 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7346 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7347 return; 7348 } 7349 } 7350 } 7351 7352 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7353 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7354 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7355 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7356 else { 7357 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7358 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7363 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7364 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7365 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7366 7367 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7368 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7369 bool SizeIsNegative; 7370 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7371 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7372 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7373 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7374 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7375 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7376 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7377 // int a[10][n]; 7378 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7379 7380 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7381 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7382 << SizeRange; 7383 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7384 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7385 << SizeRange; 7386 else 7387 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7388 << SizeRange; 7389 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7390 return; 7391 } 7392 7393 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7394 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7395 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7396 else 7397 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7398 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7399 return; 7400 } 7401 7402 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7403 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7404 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7405 } 7406 7407 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7408 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7409 // of objects and functions. 7410 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7411 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7412 << T; 7413 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7414 return; 7415 } 7416 } 7417 7418 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7419 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7420 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7421 return; 7422 } 7423 7424 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7425 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7426 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7427 return; 7428 } 7429 7430 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7431 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7432 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7434 return; 7435 } 7436 } 7437 7438 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7439 /// declaration. 7440 /// 7441 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7442 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7443 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7444 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7445 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7446 /// 7447 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7448 /// 7449 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7450 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7451 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7452 7453 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7454 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7455 return false; 7456 7457 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7458 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7459 if (Previous.empty() && 7460 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7461 Previous.setShadowed(); 7462 7463 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7464 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7465 return true; 7466 } 7467 return false; 7468 } 7469 7470 namespace { 7471 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7472 Sema *S; 7473 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7474 7475 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7476 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7477 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7478 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7479 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7480 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7481 7482 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7483 7484 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7485 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7486 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7487 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7488 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7489 7490 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7491 } 7492 7493 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7494 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7495 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7496 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7497 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7498 return true; 7499 } 7500 } 7501 7502 return false; 7503 } 7504 }; 7505 7506 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7507 } // end anonymous namespace 7508 7509 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7510 /// overriden methods. 7511 /// 7512 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7513 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7514 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7515 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7516 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7517 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7518 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7519 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7520 I != E; ++I) { 7521 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7522 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7523 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7524 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7525 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7526 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7527 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7528 } 7529 } 7530 7531 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7532 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7533 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7534 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7535 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7536 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7537 FOM.Method = MD; 7538 FOM.S = this; 7539 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7540 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7541 bool AddedAny = false; 7542 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7543 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7544 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7545 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7546 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7547 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7548 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7549 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7550 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7551 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7552 AddedAny = true; 7553 } 7554 } 7555 } 7556 } 7557 7558 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7559 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7560 } 7561 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7562 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7563 } 7564 7565 return AddedAny; 7566 } 7567 7568 namespace { 7569 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7570 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7571 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7572 Scope *S; 7573 Declarator &D; 7574 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7575 bool AddToScope; 7576 }; 7577 } // end anonymous namespace 7578 7579 namespace { 7580 7581 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7582 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7583 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7584 public: 7585 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7586 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7587 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7588 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7589 7590 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7591 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7592 return false; 7593 7594 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7595 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7596 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7597 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7598 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7599 7600 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7601 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7602 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7603 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7604 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7605 return true; 7606 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7607 return true; 7608 } 7609 } 7610 } 7611 7612 return false; 7613 } 7614 7615 private: 7616 ASTContext &Context; 7617 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7618 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7619 }; 7620 7621 } // end anonymous namespace 7622 7623 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7624 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7625 } 7626 7627 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7628 /// 7629 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7630 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7631 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7632 /// the same name. 7633 /// 7634 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7635 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7636 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7637 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7638 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7639 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7640 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7641 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7642 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7643 TypoCorrection Correction; 7644 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7645 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7646 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7647 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7648 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7649 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7650 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7651 7652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7653 if (IsLocalFriend) 7654 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7655 else 7656 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7657 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7658 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7659 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7660 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7661 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7662 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7663 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7664 if (FD && 7665 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7666 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7667 // involve a parameter 7668 unsigned ParamNum = 7669 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7670 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7671 } 7672 } 7673 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7674 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7675 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7676 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7677 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7678 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7679 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7680 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7681 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7682 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7683 Previous.clear(); 7684 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7685 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7686 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7687 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7688 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7689 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7690 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7691 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7692 } 7693 } 7694 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7695 7696 NamedDecl *Result; 7697 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7698 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7699 { 7700 // Trap errors. 7701 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7702 7703 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7704 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7705 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7706 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7707 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7708 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7709 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7710 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7711 7712 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7713 Result = nullptr; 7714 } 7715 7716 if (Result) { 7717 // Determine which correction we picked. 7718 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7719 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7720 I != E; ++I) 7721 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7722 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7723 7724 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7725 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7726 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7727 Correction, 7728 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7729 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7730 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7731 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7732 return Result; 7733 } 7734 7735 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7736 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7737 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7738 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7739 Previous.clear(); 7740 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7741 } 7742 7743 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7744 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7745 7746 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7747 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7748 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7749 7750 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7751 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7752 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7753 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7754 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7755 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7756 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7757 7758 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7759 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7760 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7761 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7762 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7763 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7764 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7765 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7766 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7767 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7768 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7769 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7770 } else 7771 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7772 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7773 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7774 } 7775 return nullptr; 7776 } 7777 7778 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7779 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7780 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7781 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7782 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7783 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7784 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7785 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7786 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7787 D.setInvalidType(); 7788 break; 7789 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7790 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7792 return SC_None; 7793 return SC_Extern; 7794 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7795 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7796 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7797 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7798 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7799 // other than extern 7800 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7801 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7802 diag::err_static_block_func); 7803 break; 7804 } else 7805 return SC_Static; 7806 } 7807 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7808 } 7809 7810 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7811 return SC_None; 7812 } 7813 7814 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7815 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7816 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7817 StorageClass SC, 7818 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7819 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7820 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7821 7822 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7823 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7824 7825 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7826 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7827 // prototype. This true when: 7828 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7829 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7830 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7831 // function type). 7832 bool HasPrototype = 7833 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7834 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7835 7836 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7837 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7838 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7839 HasPrototype, false); 7840 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7841 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7842 7843 return NewFD; 7844 } 7845 7846 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7847 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7848 7849 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7850 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7851 // the class has been completely parsed. 7852 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7853 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7854 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7855 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7856 D.setInvalidType(); 7857 7858 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7859 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7860 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7861 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7862 7863 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7864 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7865 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7866 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7867 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7868 isConstexpr); 7869 7870 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7871 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7872 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7873 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7874 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7875 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7876 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7877 D.getLocStart(), 7878 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7879 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7880 7881 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7882 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7883 // it yet. 7884 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7885 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7886 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7887 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7888 } 7889 7890 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7891 return NewDD; 7892 7893 } else { 7894 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7895 D.setInvalidType(); 7896 7897 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7898 // code path. 7899 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7900 D.getLocStart(), 7901 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7902 SC, isInline, 7903 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7904 } 7905 7906 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7907 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7908 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7909 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7910 return nullptr; 7911 } 7912 7913 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7914 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7915 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7916 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7917 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7918 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7919 7920 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7921 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7922 7923 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7924 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7925 D.getLocEnd()); 7926 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7927 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7928 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7929 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7930 // constructor if it has no return type). 7931 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7932 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7933 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7934 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7935 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7936 return nullptr; 7937 } 7938 7939 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7940 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7941 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7942 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7943 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7944 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7945 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7946 return Ret; 7947 } else { 7948 bool isFriend = 7949 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7950 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7951 return nullptr; 7952 7953 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7954 // prototype. This true when: 7955 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7956 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7957 D.getLocStart(), 7958 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7959 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7960 } 7961 } 7962 7963 enum OpenCLParamType { 7964 ValidKernelParam, 7965 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7966 PtrKernelParam, 7967 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7968 InvalidKernelParam, 7969 RecordKernelParam 7970 }; 7971 7972 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7973 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7974 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7975 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7976 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7977 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7978 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7979 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7980 return PtrKernelParam; 7981 } 7982 7983 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7984 // be used as builtin types. 7985 7986 if (PT->isImageType()) 7987 return PtrKernelParam; 7988 7989 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 7990 return InvalidKernelParam; 7991 7992 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7993 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7994 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7995 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7996 return InvalidKernelParam; 7997 7998 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7999 return RecordKernelParam; 8000 8001 return ValidKernelParam; 8002 } 8003 8004 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8005 Sema &S, 8006 Declarator &D, 8007 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8008 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8009 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8010 8011 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8012 // used again 8013 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8014 return; 8015 8016 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8017 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8018 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8019 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8020 // pointer to a pointer type. 8021 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8022 D.setInvalidType(); 8023 return; 8024 8025 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8026 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8027 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8028 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8029 // __constant. 8030 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8031 D.setInvalidType(); 8032 return; 8033 8034 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8035 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8036 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8037 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8038 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8039 8040 case InvalidKernelParam: 8041 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8042 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8043 // of event_t type. 8044 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8045 // type for any function elsewhere. 8046 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 8047 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8048 D.setInvalidType(); 8049 return; 8050 8051 case PtrKernelParam: 8052 case ValidKernelParam: 8053 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8054 return; 8055 8056 case RecordKernelParam: 8057 break; 8058 } 8059 8060 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8061 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8062 8063 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8064 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8065 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8066 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8067 8068 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8069 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8070 8071 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8072 8073 do { 8074 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8075 if (!Next) { 8076 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8077 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8078 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8079 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8080 8081 continue; 8082 } 8083 8084 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8085 // field itself) to the history stack. 8086 const RecordDecl *RD; 8087 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8088 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8089 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8090 } else { 8091 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8092 } 8093 8094 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8095 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8096 8097 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8098 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8099 8100 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8101 continue; 8102 8103 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8104 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8105 continue; 8106 8107 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8108 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8109 continue; 8110 } 8111 8112 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8113 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8114 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8115 // union. 8116 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8117 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8118 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8119 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8120 << PT->isUnionType() 8121 << PT; 8122 } else { 8123 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8124 } 8125 8126 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8127 << PD->getDeclName(); 8128 8129 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8130 // the offending field came from 8131 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8132 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8133 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8134 I != E; ++I) { 8135 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8136 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8137 << OuterField->getType(); 8138 } 8139 8140 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8141 << QT->isPointerType() 8142 << QT; 8143 D.setInvalidType(); 8144 return; 8145 } 8146 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8147 } 8148 8149 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8150 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8151 /// nothing. 8152 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8153 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8154 DC = DC->getParent(); 8155 return DC; 8156 } 8157 8158 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8159 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8160 /// nothing. 8161 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8162 while (S->isClassScope() || 8163 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8164 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8165 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8166 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8167 S = S->getParent(); 8168 return S; 8169 } 8170 8171 NamedDecl* 8172 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8173 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8174 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8175 bool &AddToScope) { 8176 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8177 8178 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8179 8180 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8181 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8182 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8183 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8184 8185 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8186 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8187 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8188 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8189 8190 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8191 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8192 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8193 8194 bool isFriend = false; 8195 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8196 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8197 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8198 8199 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8200 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8201 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8202 8203 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8204 8205 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8206 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8207 8208 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8209 isVirtualOkay); 8210 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8211 8212 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8213 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8214 8215 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8216 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8217 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8218 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8219 8220 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8221 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8222 8223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8224 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8225 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8226 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8227 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8228 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8229 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8230 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8231 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8232 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8233 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8234 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8235 } 8236 8237 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8238 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8239 // return true). 8240 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8241 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8242 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8243 NewFD->setPure(true); 8244 8245 // C++ [class.union]p2 8246 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8247 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8249 } 8250 8251 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8252 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8253 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8254 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8256 8257 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8258 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8259 bool Invalid = false; 8260 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8261 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8262 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8263 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8264 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8265 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8266 : nullptr, 8267 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8268 Invalid)) { 8269 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8270 // This is a function template 8271 8272 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8273 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8274 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8275 8276 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8277 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8278 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8279 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8280 } 8281 8282 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8283 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8284 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8285 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8286 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8287 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8288 Invalid = true; 8289 } 8290 8291 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8292 NewFD->getLocation(), 8293 Name, TemplateParams, 8294 NewFD); 8295 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8296 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8297 8298 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8299 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8300 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8301 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8302 } 8303 } else { 8304 // This is a function template specialization. 8305 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8306 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8307 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8308 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8309 8310 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8311 if (isFriend) { 8312 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8313 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8314 8315 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8316 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8317 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8318 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8319 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8320 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8321 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8322 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8323 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8324 } 8325 8326 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8327 << Name << RemoveRange 8328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8329 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8330 } 8331 } 8332 } 8333 else { 8334 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8335 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8336 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8337 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8338 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8339 } 8340 8341 if (Invalid) { 8342 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8343 if (FunctionTemplate) 8344 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8345 } 8346 8347 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8348 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8349 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8350 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8351 // 8352 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8353 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8354 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8355 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8356 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8357 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8358 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8359 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8361 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8362 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8363 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8364 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8365 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8366 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8367 } else { 8368 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8369 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8370 } 8371 8372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8373 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8374 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8375 } 8376 8377 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8378 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8379 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8380 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8381 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8382 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8383 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8384 // thing to do. 8385 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8386 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8387 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8388 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8389 QualType Result = 8390 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8391 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8392 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8393 } 8394 8395 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8396 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8397 // declaration. 8398 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8399 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8400 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8401 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8402 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8403 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8404 } 8405 } 8406 8407 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8408 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8409 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8410 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8411 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8412 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8413 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8414 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8415 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8416 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8418 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8419 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8420 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8421 // or conversion function. 8422 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8423 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8425 } 8426 } 8427 8428 if (isConstexpr) { 8429 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8430 // are implicitly inline. 8431 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8432 8433 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8434 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8435 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8436 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8438 } 8439 8440 if (isConcept) { 8441 // This is a function concept. 8442 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8443 FTD->setConcept(); 8444 8445 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8446 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8447 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8448 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8449 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8450 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8451 } 8452 8453 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8454 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8455 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8456 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8457 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8458 SourceRange Range; 8459 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8460 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8461 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8462 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8463 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8464 } else { 8465 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8466 } 8467 8468 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8469 // following restrictions: 8470 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8471 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8473 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8474 } 8475 8476 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8477 // following restrictions: 8478 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8479 // parameter list. 8480 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8481 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8482 } 8483 8484 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8485 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8486 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8487 8488 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8489 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8490 // specifiers, [...] 8491 if (isInline) { 8492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8493 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8494 << 1 << 1; 8495 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8496 } 8497 8498 if (isFriend) { 8499 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8500 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8501 << 1 << 2; 8502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8503 } 8504 8505 if (isConstexpr) { 8506 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8507 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8508 << 1 << 3; 8509 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8510 } 8511 8512 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8513 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8514 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8515 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8517 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8518 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8519 return NewFD; 8520 } 8521 } 8522 8523 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8524 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8525 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8526 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8527 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8528 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8529 << 0 8530 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8531 } else { 8532 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8533 if (FunctionTemplate) 8534 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8535 } 8536 } 8537 8538 if (isFriend) { 8539 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8540 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8541 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8542 } 8543 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8544 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8545 } 8546 8547 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8548 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8549 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8550 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8551 case FDK_Declaration: 8552 case FDK_Definition: 8553 break; 8554 8555 case FDK_Defaulted: 8556 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8557 break; 8558 8559 case FDK_Deleted: 8560 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8561 break; 8562 } 8563 8564 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8565 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8566 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8567 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8568 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8569 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8570 } 8571 8572 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8573 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8574 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8575 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8576 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8577 // the class. 8578 8579 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8580 // member function definition. 8581 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8582 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8583 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8584 } 8585 8586 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8587 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8588 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8589 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8590 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8591 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8592 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8593 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8594 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8595 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8596 } 8597 8598 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8599 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8600 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8601 isMemberSpecialization || 8602 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8603 8604 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8605 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8606 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8607 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8608 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8609 SE->getString(), 0)); 8610 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8611 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8612 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8613 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8614 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8615 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8616 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8617 } else 8618 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8619 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8620 } 8621 } 8622 8623 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8624 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8625 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8626 unsigned FTIIdx; 8627 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8628 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8629 8630 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8631 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8632 // single void argument. 8633 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8634 // already checks for that case. 8635 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8636 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8637 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8638 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8639 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8640 Params.push_back(Param); 8641 8642 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8643 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8644 } 8645 } 8646 8647 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8648 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8649 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8650 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8651 // the TU. 8652 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8653 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8654 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8655 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8656 8657 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8658 // instead. 8659 if (!TD) { 8660 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8661 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8662 } 8663 if (!TD) 8664 continue; 8665 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8666 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8667 continue; 8668 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8669 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8670 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8671 8672 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8673 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8674 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8675 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8676 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8677 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8678 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8679 } 8680 } 8681 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8682 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8683 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8684 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8685 // 8686 // @code 8687 // typedef void fn(int); 8688 // fn f; 8689 // @endcode 8690 8691 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8692 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8693 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8694 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8695 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8696 Params.push_back(Param); 8697 } 8698 } else { 8699 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8700 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8701 } 8702 8703 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8704 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8705 8706 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8707 NewFD->addAttr( 8708 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8709 Context, 0)); 8710 8711 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8712 // because all functions have linkage. 8713 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8714 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8715 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8716 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8717 } 8718 8719 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8720 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8721 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8722 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8723 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8724 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8725 } 8726 8727 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8728 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8729 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8730 NewFD->addAttr( 8731 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8732 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8733 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8734 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8735 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8736 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8737 NewFD)) 8738 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8739 } 8740 8741 // Handle attributes. 8742 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8743 8744 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8745 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8746 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8747 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8748 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8749 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8750 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8751 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8752 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8753 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8754 } 8755 } 8756 8757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8758 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8759 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8760 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8761 8762 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8763 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8764 8765 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8766 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8767 isMemberSpecialization)); 8768 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8769 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8770 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8771 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8772 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8773 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8774 8775 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8776 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8777 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8778 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8779 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8780 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8781 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8782 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8783 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8784 int DiagID = 8785 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8786 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8787 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8788 } 8789 } 8790 } else { 8791 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8792 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8793 // 8794 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8795 // 8796 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8797 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8798 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8799 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8800 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8801 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8802 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8803 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8804 8805 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8806 // argument list into our AST format. 8807 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8808 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8809 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8810 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8811 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8812 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8813 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8814 TemplateArgs); 8815 8816 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8817 8818 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8819 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8820 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8821 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8822 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8823 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8824 8825 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8826 } else { 8827 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8828 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8829 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8830 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8831 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8832 } 8833 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8834 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8835 // wrote something like: 8836 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8837 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8838 // friend void foo<>(int); 8839 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8840 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8841 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8842 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8843 } 8844 8845 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8846 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8847 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8848 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8849 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8850 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8851 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8852 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8853 8854 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8855 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8856 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8857 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8858 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8859 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8860 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8861 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8862 TemplateArgs, 8863 InstantiationDependent))) { 8864 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8865 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8866 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8867 Previous)) 8868 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8869 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8870 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8871 && !isFriend) { 8872 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8873 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8874 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8875 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8876 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8877 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8878 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8879 : nullptr), 8880 Previous)) 8881 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8882 8883 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8884 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8885 // specialization (14.7.3) 8886 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8887 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8888 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8889 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8890 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8891 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8892 << SC 8893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8894 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8895 8896 else 8897 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8898 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8900 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8901 } 8902 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8903 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8904 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8905 } 8906 8907 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8908 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8909 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8910 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8911 8912 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8913 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8914 8915 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8916 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8917 isMemberSpecialization)); 8918 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8919 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8920 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8921 } 8922 8923 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8924 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8925 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8926 8927 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8928 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8929 : NewFD); 8930 8931 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8932 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8933 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8934 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8935 8936 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8937 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8938 } 8939 8940 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8941 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8942 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8943 8944 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8945 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8946 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8947 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8948 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8949 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8950 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8951 : nullptr, 8952 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8953 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8954 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8955 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8956 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8957 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8958 DC->isDependentContext()) 8959 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8960 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8961 } 8962 8963 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8964 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8965 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8966 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8967 AddToScope }; 8968 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8969 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8970 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8971 8972 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8973 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8974 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8975 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8976 8977 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8978 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8979 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8980 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8981 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8982 // can actually do this check immediately. 8983 if (isFriend && 8984 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8985 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8986 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8987 // ignore these 8988 } else { 8989 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8990 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8991 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8992 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8993 // 8994 // class X { 8995 // void f() const; 8996 // }; 8997 // 8998 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8999 // 9000 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9001 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9002 // whether the parameter types are references). 9003 9004 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9005 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9006 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9007 return Result; 9008 } 9009 } 9010 9011 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9012 // to something. 9013 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9014 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9015 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9016 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9017 return Result; 9018 } 9019 } 9020 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9021 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9022 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9023 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9024 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9025 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9026 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9027 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9028 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9029 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9030 // generate them. 9031 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9032 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9033 } 9034 } 9035 9036 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9037 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9038 9039 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9040 9041 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9042 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9043 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9044 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9045 << NewFD; 9046 9047 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9048 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9049 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9050 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9051 EPI.Variadic = true; 9052 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9053 9054 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9055 NewFD->setType(R); 9056 } 9057 9058 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9059 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9060 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9061 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9062 9063 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9064 // marking the function. 9065 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9066 9067 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9068 // a pragma. 9069 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9070 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9071 9072 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9073 // the map of such variables. 9074 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9075 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9076 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9077 9078 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9079 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9080 9081 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9082 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 9083 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 9084 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9085 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9086 } 9087 9088 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9089 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9090 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9091 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9092 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9093 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9094 9095 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9096 } 9097 9098 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9099 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9100 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9101 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9102 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9103 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9104 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9105 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9107 } 9108 } 9109 9110 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9111 9112 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9113 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9114 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9115 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9116 return FunctionTemplate; 9117 } 9118 9119 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9120 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9121 } 9122 9123 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9124 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9125 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9126 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9127 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9128 D.setInvalidType(); 9129 } 9130 9131 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9132 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9133 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9134 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9135 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9136 : FixItHint()); 9137 D.setInvalidType(); 9138 } 9139 9140 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9141 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9142 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9143 } 9144 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9145 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9146 9147 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9148 // types. 9149 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9150 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9151 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9152 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9153 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9154 D.setInvalidType(); 9155 } 9156 } 9157 } 9158 } 9159 9160 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9161 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9162 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9163 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9164 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9165 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9166 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 9167 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9168 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9169 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9170 AddToScope = false; 9171 } 9172 9173 return NewFD; 9174 } 9175 9176 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9177 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9178 /// 9179 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9180 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9181 /// same declaration name. 9182 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9183 /// belongs to. 9184 /// 9185 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9186 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9187 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9188 // namespace scope. 9189 // 9190 // This allows to compile code like: 9191 // 9192 // void func(); 9193 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9194 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9195 // 9196 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9197 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9198 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9199 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9200 } 9201 9202 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9203 /// 9204 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9205 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9206 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9207 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9208 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9209 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9210 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9211 /// 9212 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9213 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9214 /// previous declaration). 9215 /// 9216 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9217 /// 9218 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9219 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9220 LookupResult &Previous, 9221 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9222 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9223 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9224 9225 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9226 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9227 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9228 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9229 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9230 9231 bool Redeclaration = false; 9232 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9233 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9234 9235 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9236 // the same name, if appropriate. 9237 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9238 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9239 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9240 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9241 // function to the scope. 9242 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9243 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9244 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9245 Redeclaration = true; 9246 OldDecl = Candidate; 9247 } 9248 } else { 9249 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9250 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9251 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9252 case Ovl_Match: 9253 Redeclaration = true; 9254 break; 9255 9256 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9257 Redeclaration = true; 9258 break; 9259 9260 case Ovl_Overload: 9261 Redeclaration = false; 9262 break; 9263 } 9264 } 9265 } 9266 9267 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9268 if (!Redeclaration && 9269 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9270 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9271 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9272 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9273 Redeclaration = true; 9274 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9275 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9276 9277 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9278 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9279 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9280 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9281 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9282 Redeclaration = false; 9283 OldDecl = nullptr; 9284 } 9285 } 9286 } 9287 } 9288 9289 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9290 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9291 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9292 // 9293 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9294 // definition of a static member function. 9295 // 9296 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9297 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9298 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9299 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9300 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9301 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9302 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9303 if (OldDecl) 9304 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9305 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9306 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9307 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9308 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9309 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9310 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9311 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9312 9313 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9314 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9315 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9316 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9317 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9318 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9319 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9320 9321 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9322 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9323 } 9324 } 9325 } 9326 9327 if (Redeclaration) { 9328 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9329 // merged. 9330 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9331 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9332 return Redeclaration; 9333 } 9334 9335 Previous.clear(); 9336 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9337 9338 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9339 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9340 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9341 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9342 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9343 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9344 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9345 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9346 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9347 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9348 } 9349 9350 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9351 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9352 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9353 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9354 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9355 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9356 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9357 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9358 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9359 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9360 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9361 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9362 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9363 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9364 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9365 } 9366 } 9367 9368 } else { 9369 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9370 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9371 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9372 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9373 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9374 } 9375 } 9376 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 9377 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9378 assert((Previous.empty() || 9379 llvm::any_of(Previous, 9380 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9381 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9382 })) && 9383 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 9384 9385 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9386 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 9387 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9388 }); 9389 9390 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 9391 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9392 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 9393 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 9394 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 9395 << false; 9396 9397 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9398 } 9399 } 9400 9401 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9402 9403 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9404 // C++-specific checks. 9405 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9406 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9407 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9408 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9409 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9410 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9411 9412 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9413 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9414 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9415 DeclarationName Name 9416 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9417 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9418 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9419 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9420 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9421 return Redeclaration; 9422 } 9423 } 9424 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9425 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9426 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9427 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9428 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9429 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9430 9431 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9432 // explicitly specialized. 9433 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9434 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9435 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9436 } 9437 9438 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9439 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9440 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9441 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9442 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9443 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9444 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9445 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9446 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9447 } 9448 } 9449 } 9450 9451 if (Method->isStatic()) 9452 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9453 } 9454 9455 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9456 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9457 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9458 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9459 return Redeclaration; 9460 } 9461 9462 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9463 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9464 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9465 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9466 return Redeclaration; 9467 } 9468 9469 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9470 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9471 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9472 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9473 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9474 9475 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9476 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9477 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9478 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9479 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9480 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9481 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9482 // specification, that's OK. 9483 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9484 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9485 if (!T.isNull() && 9486 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9487 NewFD->getType())) 9488 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9489 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9490 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9491 } 9492 9493 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9494 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9495 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9496 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9497 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9498 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9499 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9500 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9501 << NewFD << R; 9502 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9503 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9504 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9505 } 9506 9507 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9508 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9509 // [is] part of the function type 9510 // 9511 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9512 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9513 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9514 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9515 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9516 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9517 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9518 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9519 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9520 // restricted prior to C++17. 9521 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9522 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9523 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9524 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9525 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9526 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9527 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9528 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9529 return true; 9530 return false; 9531 }; 9532 9533 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9534 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9535 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9536 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9537 if (AnyNoexcept) 9538 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9539 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9540 << NewFD; 9541 } 9542 9543 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9544 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9545 } 9546 return Redeclaration; 9547 } 9548 9549 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9550 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9551 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9552 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9553 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9554 // appear in a declaration of main. 9555 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9556 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9557 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9558 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9559 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9560 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9561 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9562 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9563 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9564 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9565 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9566 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9567 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9568 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9570 } 9571 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9572 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9574 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9575 } 9576 9577 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9578 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9579 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9580 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9581 return; 9582 } 9583 9584 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9585 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9586 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9587 9588 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9589 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9590 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9591 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9592 9593 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9594 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9595 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9596 else { 9597 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9598 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9599 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9600 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9601 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9602 } 9603 } else { 9604 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9605 // set the flag which tells us that. 9606 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9607 9608 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9609 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9610 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9611 else { 9612 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9613 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9614 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9615 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9616 : FixItHint()); 9617 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9618 } 9619 } 9620 9621 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9622 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9623 9624 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9625 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9626 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9627 9628 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9629 9630 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9631 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9632 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9633 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9634 } 9635 9636 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9637 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9638 // getting shifty. 9639 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9640 HasExtraParameters = false; 9641 9642 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9643 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9644 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9645 nparams = 3; 9646 } 9647 9648 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9649 // if we had some location information about types. 9650 9651 QualType CharPP = 9652 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9653 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9654 9655 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9656 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9657 9658 bool mismatch = true; 9659 9660 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9661 mismatch = false; 9662 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9663 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9664 // char const ** 9665 // char const * const * 9666 // char * const * 9667 9668 QualifierCollector qs; 9669 const PointerType* PT; 9670 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9671 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9672 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9673 Context.CharTy)) { 9674 qs.removeConst(); 9675 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9676 } 9677 } 9678 9679 if (mismatch) { 9680 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9681 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9682 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9683 } 9684 } 9685 9686 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9687 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9688 } 9689 9690 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9691 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9692 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9693 } 9694 } 9695 9696 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9697 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9698 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9699 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9700 9701 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9702 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9703 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9704 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9705 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9706 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9707 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9708 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9709 9710 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9711 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9712 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9713 } 9714 } 9715 9716 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9717 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9718 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9719 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9720 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9721 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9722 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9723 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9724 // rules there don't matter.) 9725 const Expr *Culprit; 9726 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9727 return false; 9728 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9729 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9730 return true; 9731 } 9732 9733 namespace { 9734 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9735 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9736 class SelfReferenceChecker 9737 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9738 Sema &S; 9739 Decl *OrigDecl; 9740 bool isRecordType; 9741 bool isPODType; 9742 bool isReferenceType; 9743 9744 bool isInitList; 9745 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9746 9747 public: 9748 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9749 9750 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9751 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9752 isPODType = false; 9753 isRecordType = false; 9754 isReferenceType = false; 9755 isInitList = false; 9756 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9757 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9758 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9759 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9760 } 9761 } 9762 9763 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9764 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9765 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9766 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9767 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9768 if (!InitList) { 9769 Visit(E); 9770 return; 9771 } 9772 9773 // Track and increment the index here. 9774 isInitList = true; 9775 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9776 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9777 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9778 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9779 } 9780 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9781 } 9782 9783 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9784 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9785 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9786 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9787 Expr *Base = E; 9788 bool ReferenceField = false; 9789 9790 // Get the field memebers used. 9791 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9792 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9793 if (!FD) 9794 return false; 9795 Fields.push_back(FD); 9796 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9797 ReferenceField = true; 9798 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9799 } 9800 9801 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9802 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9803 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9804 return false; 9805 9806 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9807 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9808 return true; 9809 9810 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9811 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9812 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9813 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9814 9815 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9816 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9817 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9818 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9819 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9820 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9821 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9822 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9823 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9824 return true; 9825 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9826 break; 9827 } 9828 9829 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9830 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9831 return true; 9832 } 9833 9834 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9835 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9836 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9837 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9838 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9839 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9840 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9841 return; 9842 } 9843 9844 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9845 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9846 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9847 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9848 return; 9849 } 9850 9851 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9852 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9853 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9854 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9855 return; 9856 } 9857 9858 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9859 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9860 return; 9861 } 9862 9863 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9864 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9865 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9866 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9867 return; 9868 } 9869 } 9870 9871 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9872 if (isInitList) { 9873 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9874 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9875 return; 9876 } 9877 9878 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9879 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9880 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9881 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9882 return; 9883 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9884 } 9885 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9886 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9887 return; 9888 } 9889 9890 Visit(E); 9891 } 9892 9893 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9894 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9895 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9896 if (isReferenceType) 9897 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9898 } 9899 9900 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9901 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9902 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9903 return; 9904 } 9905 9906 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9907 } 9908 9909 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9910 if (isInitList) { 9911 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9912 return; 9913 } 9914 9915 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9916 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9917 9918 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9919 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9920 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9921 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9922 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9923 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9924 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9925 Warn = false; 9926 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9927 } 9928 9929 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9930 if (Warn) 9931 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9932 return; 9933 } 9934 9935 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9936 // Visit that expression. 9937 Visit(Base); 9938 } 9939 9940 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9941 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9942 9943 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9944 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9945 9946 Visit(Callee); 9947 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9948 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9949 } 9950 9951 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9952 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9953 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9954 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9955 if (!isPODType) 9956 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9957 return; 9958 } 9959 9960 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9961 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9962 return; 9963 } 9964 9965 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9966 } 9967 9968 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9969 9970 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9971 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9972 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9973 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9974 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9975 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9976 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9977 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9978 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9979 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9980 return; 9981 } 9982 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9983 } 9984 9985 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9986 // Treat std::move as a use. 9987 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9988 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9989 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9990 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9991 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9992 return; 9993 } 9994 } 9995 } 9996 9997 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9998 } 9999 10000 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10001 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10002 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10003 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10004 return; 10005 } 10006 10007 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10008 } 10009 10010 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10011 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10012 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10013 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10014 Visit(E->getCond()); 10015 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10016 } 10017 10018 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10019 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10020 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10021 unsigned diag; 10022 if (isReferenceType) { 10023 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10024 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10025 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10026 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10027 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10028 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10029 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10030 } else { 10031 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10032 return; 10033 } 10034 10035 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10036 S.PDiag(diag) 10037 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 10038 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10039 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10040 } 10041 }; 10042 10043 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10044 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10045 bool DirectInit) { 10046 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10047 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10048 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10049 return; 10050 10051 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10052 10053 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10054 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10055 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10056 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10057 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10058 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10059 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10060 return; 10061 10062 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10063 } 10064 } // end anonymous namespace 10065 10066 namespace { 10067 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10068 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10069 struct VarDeclOrName { 10070 VarDecl *VDecl; 10071 DeclarationName Name; 10072 10073 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10074 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10075 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10076 } 10077 }; 10078 } // end anonymous namespace 10079 10080 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10081 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10082 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10083 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10084 Expr *Init) { 10085 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10086 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10087 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10088 10089 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10090 10091 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10092 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10093 10094 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10095 if (!Init) { 10096 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10097 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10098 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10099 return QualType(); 10100 } 10101 10102 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 10103 if (DirectInit) { 10104 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10105 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10106 } 10107 10108 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10109 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10110 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10111 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10112 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10113 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10114 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10115 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10116 InitsCopy); 10117 } 10118 10119 if (DirectInit) { 10120 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10121 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10122 } 10123 10124 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10125 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10126 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10127 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10128 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10129 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10130 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10131 << VN << Type << Range; 10132 return QualType(); 10133 } 10134 10135 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10136 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10137 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10138 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10139 << VN << Type << Range; 10140 return QualType(); 10141 } 10142 10143 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10144 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10145 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10146 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10147 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10148 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10149 return QualType(); 10150 } 10151 10152 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10153 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10154 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10155 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10156 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10157 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10158 return QualType(); 10159 } 10160 Init = Result.get(); 10161 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10162 } 10163 10164 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10165 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10166 // is present, e has type cv A 10167 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10168 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10169 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10170 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10171 Type.getQualifiers()); 10172 10173 QualType DeducedType; 10174 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10175 if (!IsInitCapture) 10176 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10177 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10178 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10179 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10180 << VN 10181 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10182 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10183 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10184 else 10185 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10186 << VN << TSI->getType() 10187 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10188 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10189 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10190 } 10191 10192 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10193 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10194 // checks. 10195 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10196 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10197 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10198 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10199 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10200 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10201 } 10202 10203 return DeducedType; 10204 } 10205 10206 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10207 Expr *Init) { 10208 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10209 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10210 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10211 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10212 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10213 return true; 10214 } 10215 10216 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10217 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10218 10219 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10220 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10221 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10222 10223 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10224 // the previously declared type. 10225 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10226 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10227 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10228 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10229 } 10230 10231 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10232 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10233 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10234 } 10235 10236 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10237 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10238 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10239 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10240 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10241 // the initializer. 10242 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10243 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10244 return; 10245 } 10246 10247 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10248 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10249 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10250 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10251 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10252 return; 10253 } 10254 10255 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10256 if (!VDecl) { 10257 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10258 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10259 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10260 return; 10261 } 10262 10263 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10264 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10265 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10266 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10267 // TypoExpr. 10268 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10269 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10270 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10271 return; 10272 } 10273 Init = Res.get(); 10274 10275 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10276 return; 10277 } 10278 10279 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10280 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10281 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10282 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10283 return; 10284 } 10285 10286 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10287 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10288 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10289 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10290 return; 10291 } 10292 10293 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10294 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10295 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10296 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10297 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10298 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10299 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10300 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10301 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10302 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 return; 10304 } 10305 10306 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10307 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10308 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10309 AbstractVariableType)) 10310 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10311 } 10312 10313 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10314 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10315 // handle the situation. 10316 VarDecl *Def; 10317 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10318 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10319 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10320 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10321 return; 10322 10323 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10324 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10325 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10326 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10327 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10328 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10329 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10330 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10331 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10332 // 10333 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10334 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10335 // declaration with an initializer. 10336 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10337 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10338 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10339 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10340 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10341 << 0; 10342 return; 10343 } 10344 10345 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10346 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10347 10348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10349 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10350 return; 10351 } 10352 } 10353 10354 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10355 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10356 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10357 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10358 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10359 return; 10360 } 10361 10362 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10363 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10364 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10365 10366 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10367 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10368 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10369 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10370 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10371 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10373 return; 10374 } 10375 Init = Result.get(); 10376 } 10377 10378 // Perform the initialization. 10379 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10380 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10381 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10382 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10383 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10384 10385 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10386 if (CXXDirectInit) 10387 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10388 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10389 10390 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10391 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10392 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10393 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10394 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10395 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10396 }); 10397 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10398 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10399 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10400 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10401 } 10402 } 10403 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10404 return; 10405 10406 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10407 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10408 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10409 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10410 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10411 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10412 return; 10413 } 10414 10415 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10416 } 10417 10418 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10419 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10420 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10421 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10422 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10423 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10424 } 10425 10426 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10427 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10428 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10429 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10430 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10431 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10432 10433 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10434 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10435 10436 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10437 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10438 10439 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10440 // Although this code can still have problems: 10441 // id x = self.weakProp; 10442 // id y = self.weakProp; 10443 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10444 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10445 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10446 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10447 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10448 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10449 Init->getLocStart())) 10450 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10451 } 10452 10453 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10454 // 10455 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10456 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10457 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10458 // 10459 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10460 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10461 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10462 // 10463 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10464 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10465 false, 10466 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10467 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10468 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10469 return; 10470 } 10471 Init = Result.get(); 10472 10473 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10474 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10475 10476 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10477 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10478 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10479 // do nothing 10480 10481 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10482 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10483 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10484 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10485 10486 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10487 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10488 // do nothing 10489 10490 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10491 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10492 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10493 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10494 10495 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10496 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10497 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10498 // constant expressions. 10499 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10500 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10501 const Expr *Culprit; 10502 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10503 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10504 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10505 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10506 } 10507 } 10508 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10509 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10510 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10511 // 10512 // struct S { 10513 // static const int value = 17; 10514 // }; 10515 10516 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10517 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10518 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10519 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10520 // 10521 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10522 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10523 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10524 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10525 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10526 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10527 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10528 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10529 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10530 10531 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10532 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10533 10534 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10535 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10536 // type. 10537 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10538 10539 // Require constness. 10540 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10541 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10542 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10543 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10544 10545 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10546 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10547 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10548 SourceLocation Loc; 10549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10550 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10551 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10552 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10553 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10554 ; // Nothing to check. 10555 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10556 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10557 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10558 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10559 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10560 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10561 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10562 } else { 10563 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10564 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10566 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10568 } 10569 10570 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10571 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10572 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10573 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10575 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10576 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10577 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10578 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10579 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10580 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10581 } else { 10582 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10583 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10584 10585 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10586 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10587 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10588 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10589 } 10590 } 10591 10592 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10593 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10594 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10595 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10596 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10597 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10598 10599 } else { 10600 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10601 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10602 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10603 } 10604 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10605 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10606 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10607 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10608 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10609 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10610 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10611 // C++ rules. 10612 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10613 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10614 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10615 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10616 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10617 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10618 10619 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10620 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10621 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10622 } 10623 10624 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10625 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10626 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10627 // 10628 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10629 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10630 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10631 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10632 // special case code. 10633 10634 // C++ 8.5p11: 10635 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10636 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10637 // class type. 10638 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10639 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10640 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10641 } else if (DirectInit) { 10642 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10643 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10644 } 10645 10646 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10647 } 10648 10649 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10650 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10651 /// of sanity. 10652 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10653 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10654 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10655 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10656 10657 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10658 if (!VD) return; 10659 10660 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10661 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10662 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10663 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10664 10665 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10666 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10667 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10668 return; 10669 } 10670 10671 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10672 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10673 10674 // Require a complete type. 10675 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10676 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10677 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10678 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10679 return; 10680 } 10681 10682 // Require a non-abstract type. 10683 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10684 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10685 AbstractVariableType)) { 10686 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10687 return; 10688 } 10689 10690 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10691 // though. 10692 } 10693 10694 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10695 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10696 if (!RealDecl) 10697 return; 10698 10699 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10700 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10701 10702 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10703 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10704 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10705 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10706 return; 10707 } 10708 10709 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10710 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10711 return; 10712 10713 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10714 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10715 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10716 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10717 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10718 // member. 10719 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10720 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10721 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10722 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10723 // a definition there. 10724 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10725 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10726 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10727 << Var->getDeclName(); 10728 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10729 return; 10730 } 10731 } else { 10732 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10733 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10734 return; 10735 } 10736 } 10737 10738 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10739 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10740 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10741 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10742 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10743 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10744 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10745 return; 10746 } 10747 } 10748 10749 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10750 // be initialized. 10751 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10752 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10753 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10754 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10755 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10756 return; 10757 } 10758 10759 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10760 case VarDecl::Definition: 10761 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10762 break; 10763 10764 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10765 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10766 // a declaration. 10767 // 10768 // Fall through 10769 10770 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10771 // It's only a declaration. 10772 10773 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10774 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10775 // object shall be complete. 10776 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10777 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10778 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10779 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10780 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10781 10782 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10783 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10784 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10785 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10786 AbstractVariableType)) 10787 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10788 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10789 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10790 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10791 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10792 } 10793 10794 return; 10795 10796 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10797 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10798 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10799 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10800 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10801 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10802 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10803 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10804 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10805 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10806 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10807 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10808 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10809 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10810 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10811 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10812 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10813 // NOTE: code such as the following 10814 // static struct s; 10815 // struct s { int a; }; 10816 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10817 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10818 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10819 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10820 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10821 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10822 } 10823 } 10824 10825 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10826 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10827 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10828 return; 10829 } 10830 10831 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10832 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10833 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10834 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10835 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10836 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10837 return; 10838 } 10839 10840 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10841 // definitions with reference type. 10842 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10843 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10844 << Var->getDeclName() 10845 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10846 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10847 return; 10848 } 10849 10850 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10851 // variable with dependent type. 10852 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10853 return; 10854 10855 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10856 return; 10857 10858 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10859 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10860 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10861 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10862 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10863 return; 10864 } 10865 } else { 10866 return; 10867 } 10868 10869 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10870 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10871 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10872 AbstractVariableType)) { 10873 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10874 return; 10875 } 10876 10877 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10878 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10879 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10880 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10881 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10882 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10883 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10884 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10885 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10886 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10888 if (const RecordType *Record 10889 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10890 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10891 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10892 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10893 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10894 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10895 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10896 } 10897 } 10898 10899 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10900 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10901 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10902 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10903 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10904 // type shall have a user-declared default 10905 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10906 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10907 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10908 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10909 // program is ill-formed. 10910 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10911 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10912 // default-initialized; [...]. 10913 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10914 InitializationKind Kind 10915 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10916 10917 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10918 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10919 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10920 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10921 else if (Init.get()) { 10922 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10923 // This is important for template substitution. 10924 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10925 } 10926 10927 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10928 } 10929 } 10930 10931 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10932 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10933 if (!D) 10934 return; 10935 10936 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10937 if (!VD) { 10938 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10939 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10940 return; 10941 } 10942 10943 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10944 10945 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10946 int Error = -1; 10947 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10948 case SC_None: 10949 break; 10950 case SC_Extern: 10951 Error = 0; 10952 break; 10953 case SC_Static: 10954 Error = 1; 10955 break; 10956 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10957 Error = 2; 10958 break; 10959 case SC_Auto: 10960 Error = 3; 10961 break; 10962 case SC_Register: 10963 Error = 4; 10964 break; 10965 } 10966 if (Error != -1) { 10967 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10968 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10969 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10970 } 10971 } 10972 10973 StmtResult 10974 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10975 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10976 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10977 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10978 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10979 // A range-based for statement of the form 10980 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10981 // is equivalent to 10982 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10983 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10984 10985 const char *PrevSpec; 10986 unsigned DiagID; 10987 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10988 getPrintingPolicy()); 10989 10990 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10991 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10992 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10993 10994 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10995 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10996 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10997 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10998 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10999 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11000 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11001 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11002 } 11003 11004 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11005 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11006 11007 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11008 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11009 // initialiser 11010 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11011 !var->hasInit()) { 11012 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11013 << 1 /*Init*/; 11014 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11015 return; 11016 } 11017 } 11018 11019 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11020 // local retaining variable. 11021 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11022 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11023 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11024 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11025 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11026 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11027 break; 11028 11029 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11030 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11031 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11032 break; 11033 } 11034 } 11035 11036 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11037 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11038 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11039 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11040 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11041 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11042 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11043 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11044 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11045 var->getLocation())) { 11046 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11047 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11048 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11049 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11050 11051 if (!prev) 11052 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11053 } 11054 11055 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11056 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11057 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11058 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11059 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11060 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11061 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11062 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11063 }; 11064 11065 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11066 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11067 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11068 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11069 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11070 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11072 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11073 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11074 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11075 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11076 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11077 // initialization. 11078 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11079 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11080 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11081 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11082 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11083 } 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11088 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11089 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11090 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11091 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11092 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11093 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11094 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11095 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11096 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11097 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11098 } else { 11099 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11100 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11101 } 11102 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11103 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11104 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11105 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11106 } 11107 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11108 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11109 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11110 11111 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11112 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11113 // attribute. 11114 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11115 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11116 CurInitSegLoc)); 11117 } 11118 11119 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11121 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11122 // current module. 11123 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11124 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11125 return; 11126 } 11127 11128 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11129 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11130 11131 QualType type = var->getType(); 11132 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11133 11134 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11135 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11136 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11137 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11138 11139 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11140 // constructing this copy. 11141 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11142 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11143 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11144 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11145 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11146 ExprResult result 11147 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11148 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11149 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11150 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11151 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11152 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11153 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11154 } 11155 } 11156 } 11157 11158 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11159 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11160 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11161 11162 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11163 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11164 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11165 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11166 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11167 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11168 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11169 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11170 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11171 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11172 Notes.clear(); 11173 } 11174 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11175 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11176 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11177 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11178 } 11179 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11180 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11181 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11182 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11183 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11184 } 11185 11186 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11187 // were just diagnosed. 11188 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11189 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11190 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11191 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11192 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11193 if (DiagErr) { 11194 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11195 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11196 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11197 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11198 << attr->getRange(); 11199 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11200 APValue Value; 11201 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11202 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11203 for (auto &it : Notes) 11204 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11205 } else { 11206 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11207 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11208 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11209 } 11210 } 11211 } 11212 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11213 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11214 var->getLocation())) { 11215 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11216 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11217 // warned about them. 11218 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11219 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11220 if (!checkConstInit()) 11221 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11222 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11223 } 11224 } 11225 } 11226 11227 // Require the destructor. 11228 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11229 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11230 11231 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11232 // module. 11233 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11234 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11235 } 11236 11237 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11238 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11239 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11240 return true; 11241 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11242 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11243 return true; 11244 return false; 11245 } 11246 11247 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11248 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11249 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11250 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11251 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11252 11253 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11254 if (!VD) 11255 return; 11256 11257 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11258 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11259 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11260 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11261 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11262 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11263 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11264 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11265 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11266 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11267 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11268 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11269 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11270 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11271 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11272 } 11273 11274 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11275 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11276 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11277 } 11278 } 11279 11280 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11281 11282 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11283 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11284 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11285 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11286 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11287 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11288 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11289 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11290 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11291 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11292 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11293 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11294 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11295 } 11296 } 11297 } 11298 11299 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11300 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11301 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11302 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11303 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11304 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11305 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11306 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11307 } 11308 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11309 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11310 // static storage class. 11311 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11312 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11313 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11314 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11315 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11316 } 11317 } 11318 11319 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11320 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11321 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11322 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11323 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11324 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11325 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11326 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11327 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11328 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11329 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11330 bool AllowedInit = false; 11331 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11332 AllowedInit = 11333 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11334 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11335 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11336 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11337 if (!AllowedInit && 11338 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11339 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11340 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11341 11342 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11343 if (AllowedInit) 11344 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11345 AllowedInit = 11346 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11347 11348 if (!AllowedInit) { 11349 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11350 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11351 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11352 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11353 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11354 } 11355 } else { 11356 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11357 // callable from the host side. 11358 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11359 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11360 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11361 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11362 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11363 } 11364 if (InitFn) { 11365 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11366 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11367 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11368 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11369 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11370 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11371 } 11372 } 11373 } 11374 } 11375 } 11376 11377 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11378 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11379 11380 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11381 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11382 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11383 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11384 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11385 // with a warning. 11386 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11387 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11388 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11389 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11390 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11391 11392 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11393 IsClassTemplateMember 11394 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11395 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11396 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11397 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11398 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11399 } 11400 } 11401 11402 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11403 // isn't exported with the variable. 11404 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11405 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11406 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11407 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11408 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11409 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11410 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11411 } else { 11412 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11413 << DLLAttr; 11414 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11415 } 11416 } 11417 11418 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11419 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11420 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11421 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11422 } 11423 } 11424 11425 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11426 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11427 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11428 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11429 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11430 11431 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11432 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11433 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11434 11435 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11436 // tag values. 11437 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11438 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11439 return; 11440 11441 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11442 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11443 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11444 continue; 11445 } 11446 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11447 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11448 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11449 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11450 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11451 continue; 11452 } 11453 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11454 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11455 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11456 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11457 continue; 11458 } 11459 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11460 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11461 MagicValue, 11462 I->getMatchingCType(), 11463 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11464 I->getMustBeNull()); 11465 } 11466 } 11467 11468 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11469 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11470 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11471 } 11472 11473 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11474 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11475 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11476 11477 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11478 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11479 11480 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11481 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11482 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11483 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11484 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11485 11486 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11487 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11488 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11489 // to perform. 11490 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11491 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11492 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11493 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11494 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11495 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11496 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11497 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11498 11499 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11500 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11501 // declaration in the same group. 11502 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11503 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11504 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11505 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11506 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11507 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11508 } 11509 11510 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11511 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11512 // declarator in the same group. 11513 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11514 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11515 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11516 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11517 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11518 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11519 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11520 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11521 } 11522 } 11523 } 11524 11525 Decls.push_back(D); 11526 } 11527 } 11528 11529 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11530 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11531 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11532 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11533 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11534 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11535 } 11536 } 11537 11538 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11539 } 11540 11541 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11542 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11543 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11544 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11545 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11546 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11547 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11548 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11549 QualType Deduced; 11550 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11552 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11553 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11554 break; 11555 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11556 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11557 continue; 11558 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11559 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11560 DeducedDecl = D; 11561 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11562 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11563 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11564 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11565 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11566 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11567 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11568 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11569 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11570 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11571 break; 11572 } 11573 } 11574 } 11575 11576 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11577 11578 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11579 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11580 } 11581 11582 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11583 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11584 } 11585 11586 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11587 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11588 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11589 return; 11590 11591 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11592 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11593 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11594 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11595 return; 11596 11597 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11598 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11599 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11600 // additional declaration references: 11601 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11602 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11603 // 'struct S *pS;' 11604 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11605 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11606 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11607 Group = Group.slice(1); 11608 } 11609 } 11610 11611 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11612 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11613 if (!Comments.empty() && 11614 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11615 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11616 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11617 // 11618 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11619 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11620 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11621 // ahead through comments. 11622 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11623 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11624 } 11625 } 11626 11627 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11628 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11629 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11630 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11631 11632 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11633 11634 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11635 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11636 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11637 SC = SC_Register; 11638 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11639 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11640 SC = SC_Auto; 11641 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11642 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11643 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11644 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11645 } 11646 11647 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11648 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11649 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11650 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11651 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11652 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11653 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11654 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11655 << 0; 11656 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11657 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11658 11659 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11660 11661 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11662 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11663 11664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11665 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11666 // parameter. 11667 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11668 11669 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11670 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11671 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11672 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11673 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11674 } 11675 } 11676 11677 // Ensure we have a valid name 11678 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11679 if (D.hasName()) { 11680 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11681 if (!II) { 11682 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11683 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11684 D.setInvalidType(true); 11685 } 11686 } 11687 11688 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11689 if (II) { 11690 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11691 ForRedeclaration); 11692 LookupName(R, S); 11693 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11694 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11695 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11696 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11697 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11698 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11699 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11700 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11701 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11702 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11703 11704 // Recover by removing the name 11705 II = nullptr; 11706 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11707 D.setInvalidType(true); 11708 } 11709 } 11710 } 11711 11712 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11713 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11714 // looking like class members in C++. 11715 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11716 D.getLocStart(), 11717 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11718 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11719 SC); 11720 11721 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11722 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11723 11724 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11725 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11726 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11727 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11728 11729 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11730 S->AddDecl(New); 11731 if (II) 11732 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11733 11734 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11735 11736 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11738 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11739 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11741 11742 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11743 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11744 } 11745 return New; 11746 } 11747 11748 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11749 /// typedef. 11750 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11751 SourceLocation Loc, 11752 QualType T) { 11753 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11754 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11755 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11756 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11757 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11758 SC_None, nullptr); 11759 Param->setImplicit(); 11760 return Param; 11761 } 11762 11763 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11764 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11765 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11766 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11767 return; 11768 11769 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11770 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11771 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11772 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11773 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11774 } 11775 } 11776 } 11777 11778 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11779 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11780 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11781 return; 11782 11783 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11784 // threshold. 11785 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11786 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11787 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11788 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11789 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11790 } 11791 11792 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11793 // threshold. 11794 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11795 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11796 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11797 continue; 11798 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11799 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11800 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11801 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11802 } 11803 } 11804 11805 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11806 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11807 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11808 StorageClass SC) { 11809 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11810 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11811 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11812 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11813 11814 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11815 11816 // Special cases for arrays: 11817 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11818 // - otherwise, it's an error 11819 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11820 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11821 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11822 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11823 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11824 } 11825 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11826 } else { 11827 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11828 } 11829 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11830 } 11831 11832 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11833 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11834 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11835 11836 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11837 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11838 // the class has been completely parsed. 11839 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11840 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11841 AbstractParamType)) 11842 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11843 11844 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11845 // passed by reference. 11846 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11847 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11848 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11849 Diag(NameLoc, 11850 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11851 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11852 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11853 New->setType(T); 11854 } 11855 11856 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11857 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11858 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11859 // an address space. 11860 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11861 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11862 // to be qualified with an address space. 11863 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11864 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11865 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11866 } 11867 } 11868 11869 return New; 11870 } 11871 11872 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11873 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11874 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11875 11876 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11877 // for a K&R function. 11878 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11879 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11880 --i; 11881 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11882 SmallString<256> Code; 11883 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11884 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11885 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11886 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11887 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11888 11889 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11890 // type. 11891 AttributeFactory attrs; 11892 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11893 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11894 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11895 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11896 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11897 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11898 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11899 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11900 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11901 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11902 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11903 } 11904 } 11905 } 11906 } 11907 11908 Decl * 11909 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11910 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11911 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11912 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11913 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11914 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11915 11916 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11917 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11918 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11919 } 11920 11921 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11922 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11923 } 11924 11925 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11926 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11927 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11928 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11929 return false; 11930 11931 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11932 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11933 return false; 11934 11935 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11936 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11937 return false; 11938 11939 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11940 if (FD->isMain()) 11941 return false; 11942 11943 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11944 if (FD->isInlined()) 11945 return false; 11946 11947 // Don't warn about function templates. 11948 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11949 return false; 11950 11951 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11952 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11953 return false; 11954 11955 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11956 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11957 return false; 11958 11959 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11960 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11961 return false; 11962 11963 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11964 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11965 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11966 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11967 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11968 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11969 continue; 11970 11971 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11972 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11973 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11974 break; 11975 } 11976 11977 return MissingPrototype; 11978 } 11979 11980 void 11981 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11982 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11983 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11984 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11985 if (!Definition) 11986 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11987 return; 11988 11989 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11990 return; 11991 11992 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 11993 // definition. 11994 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 11995 return; 11996 11997 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11998 // a template, skip the new definition. 11999 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12000 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12001 Definition->isInlined() || 12002 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12003 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12004 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12005 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12006 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12007 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12008 return; 12009 } 12010 12011 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12012 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12014 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12015 else 12016 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12017 12018 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12019 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12020 } 12021 12022 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12023 Sema &S) { 12024 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12025 12026 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12027 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12028 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12029 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12030 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12031 12032 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12033 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12034 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12035 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12036 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12037 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12038 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12039 12040 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12041 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12042 12043 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12044 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12045 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12046 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12047 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12048 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12049 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12050 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12051 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12052 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12053 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12054 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12055 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12056 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12057 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12058 12059 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12060 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12061 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12062 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12063 } else { 12064 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12065 } 12066 ++I; 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12071 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12072 if (!D) 12073 return D; 12074 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12075 12076 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12077 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12078 else 12079 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12080 12081 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12082 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12083 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12084 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12085 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12086 } 12087 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12088 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12089 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12090 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12091 } 12092 12093 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12094 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12095 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12096 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12097 12098 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12099 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12100 return D; 12101 } 12102 12103 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12104 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12105 // this function. 12106 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12107 12108 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12109 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12110 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12111 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12112 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12113 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12114 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12115 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12116 // have the LSI properly restored. 12117 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12118 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12119 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12120 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12121 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12122 } else { 12123 // Enter a new function scope 12124 PushFunctionScope(); 12125 } 12126 12127 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12128 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12129 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12130 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12131 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12132 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12133 } 12134 } 12135 12136 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12137 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12138 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12139 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12140 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12141 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12142 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12143 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12144 12145 if (FnBodyScope) 12146 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12147 12148 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12149 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12150 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12151 12152 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12153 // scope. 12154 if (FnBodyScope) { 12155 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12156 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12157 if (!NonParmDecl) 12158 continue; 12159 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12160 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12161 12162 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12163 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12164 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12165 12166 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12167 // accessible in this scope. 12168 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12169 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12170 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12171 } 12172 } 12173 } 12174 12175 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12176 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12177 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12178 12179 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12180 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12181 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12182 12183 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12184 } 12185 } 12186 12187 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12188 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12189 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12190 12191 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12192 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12193 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12194 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12195 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12196 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12197 return D; 12198 } 12199 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12200 // a function template). 12201 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12202 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12203 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12204 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12205 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12206 12207 return D; 12208 } 12209 12210 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12211 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12212 /// optimization. 12213 /// 12214 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12215 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12216 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12217 /// use the named return value optimization. 12218 /// 12219 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12220 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12221 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12222 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12223 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12224 12225 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12226 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12227 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12228 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12229 } 12230 } 12231 } 12232 12233 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12234 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12235 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12236 return false; 12237 12238 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12239 // return type (yet). 12240 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12241 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12242 // we can still delay parsing it. 12243 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12244 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12245 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12246 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12247 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12248 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12249 } 12250 } 12251 return false; 12252 } 12253 12254 return true; 12255 } 12256 12257 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12258 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12259 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12260 // rest of the file. 12261 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12262 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12263 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12264 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12265 return false; 12266 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12267 } 12268 12269 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12270 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12271 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12272 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12273 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12274 return Decl; 12275 } 12276 12277 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12278 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12279 } 12280 12281 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12282 bool IsInstantiation) { 12283 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12284 12285 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12286 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12287 12288 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12289 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12290 12291 if (FD) { 12292 FD->setBody(Body); 12293 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 12294 12295 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12296 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12297 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12298 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12299 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12300 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12301 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12302 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12303 << FD->getReturnType(); 12304 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12305 } else { 12306 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12307 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12308 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12309 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12310 } 12311 } 12312 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12313 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12314 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12315 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12316 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12317 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12318 12319 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12320 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12321 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12322 QualType RetType = 12323 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12324 12325 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12326 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12327 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12328 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12329 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12330 } 12331 } 12332 12333 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12334 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12335 // is the first declaration. 12336 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12337 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12338 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12339 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12340 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12341 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12342 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12343 } 12344 12345 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12346 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12347 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12348 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12349 12350 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12351 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12352 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12354 12355 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12356 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12357 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12358 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12359 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12360 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12361 12362 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12363 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12364 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12365 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12366 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12367 12368 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12369 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12370 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12371 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12372 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12373 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12374 } 12375 12376 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12377 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12378 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12379 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12380 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12381 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12382 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12383 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12384 12385 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12386 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12387 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12388 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12389 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12390 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12391 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12392 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12393 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12394 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12395 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12396 } 12397 } 12398 12399 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12400 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12401 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12402 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12403 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12404 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12405 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12406 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12407 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12408 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12409 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12410 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12411 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12412 } 12413 } 12414 12415 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12416 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12417 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12418 MD->isVirtual() && 12419 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12420 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12421 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12422 if (FD->isInlined() && 12423 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12424 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12425 12426 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12427 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12428 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12429 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12430 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12431 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12432 } else { 12433 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12434 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12435 } 12436 } 12437 } 12438 12439 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12440 "Function parsing confused"); 12441 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12442 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12443 MD->setBody(Body); 12444 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12445 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12446 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12447 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12448 12449 if (Body) 12450 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12451 } 12452 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12453 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12454 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12455 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12456 } 12457 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12458 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12459 bool isDesignated = 12460 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12461 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12462 (void)isDesignated; 12463 12464 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12465 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12466 if (!IFace) 12467 return false; 12468 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12469 if (!SuperD) 12470 return false; 12471 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12472 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12473 }; 12474 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12475 // of NSObject. 12476 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12477 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12478 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12479 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12480 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12481 } 12482 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12483 } 12484 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12485 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12486 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12487 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12488 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12489 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12490 } 12491 } else { 12492 return nullptr; 12493 } 12494 12495 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12496 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12497 12498 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12499 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12500 "handled in the block above."); 12501 12502 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12503 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12504 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12505 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12506 // Verify this. 12507 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12508 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12509 12510 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12511 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12512 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12513 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12514 12515 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12516 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12517 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12518 12519 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12520 Destructor->getParent()); 12521 } 12522 12523 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12524 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12525 // deletion in some later function. 12526 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12527 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12528 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12529 } 12530 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12531 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12532 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12533 // enabled. 12534 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12535 } 12536 12537 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12538 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12539 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12540 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12541 12542 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12543 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12544 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12545 // require prologue. 12546 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12547 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12548 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12549 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12550 RegisterVariables = 12551 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12552 if (!RegisterVariables) 12553 break; 12554 } 12555 } 12556 } 12557 if (RegisterVariables) 12558 continue; 12559 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12560 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12561 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12562 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12563 break; 12564 } 12565 } 12566 } 12567 12568 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12569 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12570 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12571 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12572 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12573 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12574 } 12575 12576 if (!IsInstantiation) 12577 PopDeclContext(); 12578 12579 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12580 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12581 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12582 // deletion in some later function. 12583 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12584 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12585 } 12586 12587 return dcl; 12588 } 12589 12590 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12591 /// relevant Decl. 12592 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12593 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12594 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12595 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12596 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12597 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12598 12599 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12600 if (Method->isStatic()) 12601 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12602 } 12603 12604 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12605 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12606 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12607 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12608 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12609 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12610 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12611 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12612 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12613 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12614 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12615 return ExternCPrev; 12616 } 12617 12618 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12619 unsigned diag_id; 12620 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12621 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12622 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12623 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12624 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 12625 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12626 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12627 else 12628 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12629 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12630 12631 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12632 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12633 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12634 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12635 if (S && 12636 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12637 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12638 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12639 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12640 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12641 } 12642 12643 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12644 const char *Dummy; 12645 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12646 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12647 unsigned DiagID; 12648 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12649 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12650 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12651 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12652 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12653 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12654 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12655 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12656 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12657 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12658 /*NumParams=*/0, 12659 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12660 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12661 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12662 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12663 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12664 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12665 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12666 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12667 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12668 EST_None, 12669 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12670 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12671 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12672 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12673 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12674 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12675 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12676 Loc, Loc, D), 12677 DS.getAttributes(), 12678 SourceLocation()); 12679 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12680 12681 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 12682 while (S && !S->isCompoundStmtScope()) 12683 S = S->getParent(); 12684 if (S == nullptr) 12685 S = TUScope; 12686 12687 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12688 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12689 12690 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(S, D)); 12691 FD->setImplicit(); 12692 12693 CurContext = PrevDC; 12694 12695 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12696 12697 return FD; 12698 } 12699 12700 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12701 /// the declaration of this function. 12702 /// 12703 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12704 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12705 /// like NSLog or printf. 12706 /// 12707 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12708 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12709 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12710 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12711 return; 12712 12713 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12714 // actual attributes. 12715 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12716 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12717 unsigned FormatIdx; 12718 bool HasVAListArg; 12719 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12720 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12721 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12722 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12723 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12724 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12725 fmt = "NSString"; 12726 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12727 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12728 FormatIdx+1, 12729 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12730 FD->getLocation())); 12731 } 12732 } 12733 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12734 HasVAListArg)) { 12735 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12736 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12737 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12738 FormatIdx+1, 12739 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12740 FD->getLocation())); 12741 } 12742 12743 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12744 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12745 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12746 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12747 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12748 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12749 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12750 } 12751 12752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12753 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12754 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12755 FD->getLocation())); 12756 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12757 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12758 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12759 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12760 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12761 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12762 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12763 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12764 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12765 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12766 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12767 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12768 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12769 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12770 else 12771 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12772 } 12773 } 12774 12775 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12776 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12777 // across. 12778 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12779 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12780 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12781 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12782 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12783 } 12784 12785 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12786 if (!Name) 12787 return; 12788 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12789 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12790 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12791 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12792 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12793 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12794 // about. 12795 } else 12796 return; 12797 12798 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12799 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12800 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12801 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12802 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12803 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12804 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12805 FD->getLocation())); 12806 } 12807 12808 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12809 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12810 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12811 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12812 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12813 FD->getLocation())); 12814 } 12815 } 12816 12817 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12818 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12819 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12820 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12821 12822 if (!TInfo) { 12823 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12824 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12825 } 12826 12827 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12828 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12829 D.getLocStart(), 12830 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12831 D.getIdentifier(), 12832 TInfo); 12833 12834 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12835 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12836 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12837 return NewTD; 12838 } 12839 12840 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12841 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12842 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12843 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12844 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12845 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12846 else 12847 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12848 } 12849 12850 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12851 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12852 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12853 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12854 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12855 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12856 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12857 case TST_enum: 12858 case TST_struct: 12859 case TST_interface: 12860 case TST_union: 12861 case TST_class: { 12862 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12863 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12864 break; 12865 } 12866 12867 default: 12868 break; 12869 } 12870 12871 return NewTD; 12872 } 12873 12874 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12875 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12876 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12877 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12878 12879 if (T->isDependentType()) 12880 return false; 12881 12882 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12883 if (BT->isInteger()) 12884 return false; 12885 12886 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12887 return true; 12888 } 12889 12890 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12891 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12892 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12893 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12894 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12895 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12896 12897 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12898 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12899 << Prev->isScoped(); 12900 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12901 return true; 12902 } 12903 12904 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12905 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12906 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12907 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12908 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12909 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12910 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12911 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12912 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12913 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12914 return true; 12915 } 12916 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12917 ; 12918 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12919 ; 12920 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12921 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12922 << Prev->isFixed(); 12923 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12924 return true; 12925 } 12926 12927 return false; 12928 } 12929 12930 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12931 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12932 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12933 /// 12934 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12935 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12936 switch (Tag) { 12937 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12938 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12939 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12940 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12941 } 12942 } 12943 12944 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12945 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12946 /// 12947 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12948 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12949 { 12950 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12951 } 12952 12953 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12954 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12955 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12956 return NTK_Typedef; 12957 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12958 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12959 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12960 return NTK_Template; 12961 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12962 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12963 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12964 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12965 switch (TTK) { 12966 case TTK_Struct: 12967 case TTK_Interface: 12968 case TTK_Class: 12969 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12970 case TTK_Union: 12971 return NTK_NonUnion; 12972 case TTK_Enum: 12973 return NTK_NonEnum; 12974 } 12975 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12976 } 12977 12978 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12979 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12980 /// 12981 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12982 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12983 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12984 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12985 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12986 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12987 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12988 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12989 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12990 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12991 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12992 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12993 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12994 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12995 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12996 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12997 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12998 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12999 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 13000 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13001 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13002 return true; 13003 13004 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13005 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13006 bool isTemplate = false; 13007 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13008 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13009 13010 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13011 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13012 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13013 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13014 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13015 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13016 return true; 13017 } 13018 13019 if (isDefinition) { 13020 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13021 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13022 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13023 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13024 return true; 13025 } 13026 13027 bool previousMismatch = false; 13028 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13029 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13030 if (!previousMismatch) { 13031 previousMismatch = true; 13032 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13033 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13034 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13035 } 13036 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13037 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13038 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13039 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13040 } 13041 } 13042 return true; 13043 } 13044 13045 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13046 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13047 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13048 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13049 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13050 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13051 return true; 13052 } 13053 13054 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13055 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13056 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13057 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13058 13059 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13060 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13061 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13062 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13063 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13064 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13065 } 13066 13067 return true; 13068 } 13069 return false; 13070 } 13071 13072 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13073 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13074 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13075 /// namespace N { 13076 /// struct X; 13077 /// namespace M { 13078 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13079 /// } 13080 /// } 13081 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13082 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13083 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13084 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13085 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13086 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13087 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13088 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13089 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13090 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13091 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13092 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13093 return FixItHint(); 13094 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13095 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13096 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13097 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13098 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13099 break; 13100 } 13101 13102 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13103 // build an NNS. 13104 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13105 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13106 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13107 OS << "::"; 13108 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13109 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13110 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13111 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13112 } 13113 13114 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13115 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13116 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13117 /// using-declaration). 13118 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13119 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13120 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13121 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13122 13123 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13124 return true; 13125 13126 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13127 // encloses the other). 13128 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13129 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13130 return true; 13131 13132 return false; 13133 } 13134 13135 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13136 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13137 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13138 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13139 /// 13140 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13141 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13142 /// 13143 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13144 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13145 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13146 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13147 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13148 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13149 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13150 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13151 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13152 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13153 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13154 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13155 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13156 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13157 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13158 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13159 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13160 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13161 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13162 13163 OwnedDecl = false; 13164 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13165 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13166 13167 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13168 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13169 bool Invalid = false; 13170 13171 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13172 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13173 // for non-C++ cases. 13174 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13175 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13176 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13177 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13178 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13179 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13180 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13181 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13182 return nullptr; 13183 } 13184 13185 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13186 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13187 // be a member of another template). 13188 13189 if (Invalid) 13190 return nullptr; 13191 13192 OwnedDecl = false; 13193 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13194 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13195 TemplateParams, AS, 13196 ModulePrivateLoc, 13197 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13198 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13199 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13200 SkipBody); 13201 return Result.get(); 13202 } else { 13203 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13204 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13205 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13206 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13207 } 13208 } 13209 } 13210 13211 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13212 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13213 // redeclaration. 13214 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13215 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 13216 13217 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13218 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 13219 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13220 // type, default to int. 13221 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13222 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13223 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13224 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13225 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13226 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13227 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13228 13229 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13230 // Recover by falling back to int. 13231 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13232 13233 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13234 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13235 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13236 13237 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13238 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13239 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 13240 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13241 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 13242 } 13243 } 13244 } 13245 13246 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13247 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13248 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13249 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13250 13251 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 13252 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13253 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13254 13255 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13256 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 13257 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 13258 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 13259 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 13260 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13261 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13262 // keyword. 13263 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13264 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 13265 13266 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13267 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 13268 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13269 !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13270 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 13271 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 13272 return nullptr; 13273 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13274 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13275 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 13276 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13277 else 13278 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 13279 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13280 } 13281 } else { // struct/union 13282 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13283 nullptr); 13284 } 13285 13286 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13287 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 13288 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13289 // 13290 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13291 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13292 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13293 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13294 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13295 // parsing of the struct). 13296 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13297 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13298 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13299 } 13300 } 13301 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13302 return New; 13303 }; 13304 13305 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13306 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13307 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13308 13309 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13310 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13311 Name = nullptr; 13312 goto CreateNewDecl; 13313 } 13314 13315 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13316 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13317 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13318 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13319 if (!DC) { 13320 IsDependent = true; 13321 return nullptr; 13322 } 13323 } else { 13324 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13325 if (!DC) { 13326 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13327 << SS.getRange(); 13328 return nullptr; 13329 } 13330 } 13331 13332 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13333 return nullptr; 13334 13335 SearchDC = DC; 13336 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13337 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13338 13339 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13340 return nullptr; 13341 13342 if (Previous.empty()) { 13343 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13344 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13345 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13346 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13347 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13348 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13349 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13350 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13351 IsDependent = true; 13352 return nullptr; 13353 } 13354 13355 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13356 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13357 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13358 Name = nullptr; 13359 Invalid = true; 13360 goto CreateNewDecl; 13361 } 13362 } else if (Name) { 13363 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13364 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13365 // name different from T: 13366 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13367 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13368 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13369 return nullptr; 13370 13371 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13372 // declaration or definition. 13373 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13374 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13375 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13376 LookupName(Previous, S); 13377 13378 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13379 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13380 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13381 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13382 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13383 while (F.hasNext()) { 13384 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13385 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13386 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13387 F.erase(); 13388 } 13389 F.done(); 13390 } 13391 13392 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13393 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13394 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13395 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13396 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13397 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13398 // 13399 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13400 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13401 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13402 // 13403 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13404 // semantic context? 13405 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13406 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13407 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13408 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13409 while (F.hasNext()) { 13410 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13411 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13412 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13413 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13414 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13415 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13416 else 13417 F.erase(); 13418 } 13419 } 13420 F.done(); 13421 13422 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13423 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13424 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13425 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13426 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13427 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13428 } 13429 } 13430 13431 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13432 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13433 return nullptr; 13434 13435 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13436 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13437 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13438 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13439 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13440 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13441 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13442 } 13443 } 13444 13445 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13446 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13447 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13448 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13449 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13450 Previous.clear(); 13451 } 13452 13453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13454 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13455 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13456 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13457 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13458 13459 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13460 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13461 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13462 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13463 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13464 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13465 isStdAlignValT = true; 13466 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13467 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13468 } 13469 } 13470 13471 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13472 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13473 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13474 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13475 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13476 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 13477 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13478 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13479 13480 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 13481 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13482 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13483 // 13484 // class-key identifier 13485 // 13486 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13487 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13488 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13489 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13490 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13491 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13492 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13493 // declaration. 13494 // 13495 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13496 // C structs and unions. 13497 // 13498 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13499 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13500 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13501 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13502 // 13503 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13504 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13505 // 13506 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13507 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13508 // lexical context, 13509 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13510 13511 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13512 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13513 } else { 13514 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13515 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13516 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13517 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13518 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13519 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13520 } 13521 13522 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13523 // diagnose some problems. 13524 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13525 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13526 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13527 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13528 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13529 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13530 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13531 } else { 13532 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13533 LookupName(Previous, S); 13534 } 13535 } 13536 13537 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13538 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13539 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13540 13541 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13542 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13543 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13544 13545 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13546 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13547 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13548 // in C++. 13549 // 13550 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13551 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13552 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13553 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13554 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13555 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13556 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13557 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13558 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13559 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13560 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13561 PrevDecl = Tag; 13562 Previous.clear(); 13563 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13564 Previous.resolveKind(); 13565 } 13566 } 13567 } 13568 } 13569 13570 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13571 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13572 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13573 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13574 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13575 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13576 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13577 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13578 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13579 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13580 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13581 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13582 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13583 << 0; 13584 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13585 Previous.clear(); 13586 goto CreateNewDecl; 13587 } 13588 } 13589 13590 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13591 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13592 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13593 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13594 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13595 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13596 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13597 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13598 // struct or something similar. 13599 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13600 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13601 Name)) { 13602 bool SafeToContinue 13603 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13604 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13605 if (SafeToContinue) 13606 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13607 << Name 13608 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13609 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13610 else 13611 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13612 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13613 13614 if (SafeToContinue) 13615 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13616 else { 13617 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13618 Name = nullptr; 13619 Previous.clear(); 13620 Invalid = true; 13621 } 13622 } 13623 13624 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13625 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13626 13627 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13628 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13629 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13630 if (ScopedEnum) 13631 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13632 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13633 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13634 return PrevTagDecl; 13635 } 13636 13637 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13638 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13639 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13640 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13641 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13642 13643 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13644 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13645 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13646 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13647 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13648 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13649 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13650 } 13651 13652 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13653 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13654 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13655 // and then later defined. 13656 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13657 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13658 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13659 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13660 } 13661 13662 if (!Invalid) { 13663 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13664 // we have attributes. 13665 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13666 if (Attr) { 13667 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13668 // declaration to hold them. 13669 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13670 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13671 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13672 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 13673 SS.isEmpty()) { 13674 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13675 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13676 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13677 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13678 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13679 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13680 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13681 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13682 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13683 return PrevTagDecl; 13684 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13685 // that scope. 13686 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13687 } else { 13688 return PrevTagDecl; 13689 } 13690 } 13691 13692 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13693 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13694 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13695 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13696 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13697 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13698 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13699 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13700 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13701 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13702 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13703 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13704 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13705 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13706 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13707 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13708 } 13709 13710 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 13711 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 13712 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 13713 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 13714 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13715 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13716 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13717 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13718 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13719 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13720 // use it in place of this one. 13721 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13722 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 13723 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 13724 // comparison. 13725 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 13726 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 13727 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 13728 } else { 13729 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13730 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 13731 } 13732 return Def; 13733 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13734 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13735 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13736 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13737 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13738 else 13739 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13740 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 13741 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 13742 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13743 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13744 // references get the previous definition. 13745 Name = nullptr; 13746 Previous.clear(); 13747 Invalid = true; 13748 } 13749 } else { 13750 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13751 // about a nested redefinition. 13752 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13753 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13754 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13755 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13756 diag::note_previous_definition); 13757 Name = nullptr; 13758 Previous.clear(); 13759 Invalid = true; 13760 } 13761 } 13762 13763 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13764 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13765 } 13766 13767 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13768 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13769 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13770 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13771 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13772 AS = AS_none; 13773 } 13774 } 13775 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13776 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13777 13778 } else { 13779 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13780 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13781 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13782 // have distinct types. 13783 Previous.clear(); 13784 } 13785 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13786 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13787 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13788 13789 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13790 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13791 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13792 } else { 13793 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13794 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13795 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13796 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13797 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13798 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13799 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13800 << Kind; 13801 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13802 Invalid = true; 13803 13804 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13805 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13806 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13807 // do nothing 13808 13809 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13810 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13811 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13812 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13813 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13814 Invalid = true; 13815 13816 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13817 // case here. 13818 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13819 unsigned Kind = 0; 13820 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13821 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13822 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13823 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13824 Invalid = true; 13825 13826 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13827 } else { 13828 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13829 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13830 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13831 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 13832 Name = nullptr; 13833 Invalid = true; 13834 } 13835 13836 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13837 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13838 Previous.clear(); 13839 } 13840 } 13841 13842 CreateNewDecl: 13843 13844 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13845 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13846 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13847 13848 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13849 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13850 // keyword. 13851 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13852 13853 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13854 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13855 // PrevDecl. 13856 TagDecl *New; 13857 13858 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13859 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13860 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13861 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13862 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13863 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13864 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13865 13866 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13867 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13868 13869 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13870 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13871 TagDecl *Def; 13872 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13873 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13874 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13875 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13876 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13877 } 13878 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13879 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13880 << New; 13881 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13882 } else { 13883 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13884 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13885 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13886 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13887 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13888 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13889 13890 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13891 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13892 // the declaration context. 13893 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13894 IsForwardReference = true; 13895 } 13896 } 13897 13898 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13899 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13900 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13901 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13902 else 13903 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13904 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13905 } 13906 } else { 13907 // struct/union/class 13908 13909 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13910 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13912 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13913 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13914 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13915 13916 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13917 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13918 } else 13919 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13920 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13921 } 13922 13923 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13924 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 13926 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13928 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13929 Invalid = true; 13930 } 13931 13932 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13933 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13934 if (SS.isSet()) { 13935 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13936 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13937 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13938 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13939 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13940 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13941 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13942 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13943 Invalid = true; 13944 13945 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13946 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13947 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13948 } 13949 } 13950 else 13951 Invalid = true; 13952 } 13953 13954 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13955 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13956 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13957 // 13958 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13959 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13960 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13961 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13962 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13963 // parsing of the struct). 13964 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13965 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13966 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13967 } 13968 } 13969 13970 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13971 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13973 << 2 13974 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13975 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13976 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13977 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13978 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13979 New->setModulePrivate(); 13980 } 13981 13982 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13983 // check the specialization. 13984 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13985 Invalid = true; 13986 13987 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13988 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13989 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13990 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13991 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13992 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13993 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13994 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13995 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13996 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13997 << Name; 13998 Invalid = true; 13999 } 14000 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14001 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14002 } 14003 } 14004 14005 if (Invalid) 14006 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14007 14008 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14009 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14010 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14011 14012 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14013 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14014 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14015 // the tag name visible. 14016 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14017 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14018 14019 // Set the access specifier. 14020 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14021 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14022 14023 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14024 New->startDefinition(); 14025 14026 if (Attr) 14027 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14028 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14029 14030 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14031 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14032 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14033 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14034 if (PrevDecl) 14035 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14036 14037 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14038 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14039 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14040 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14041 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14042 } else if (Name) { 14043 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14044 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 14045 if (IsForwardReference) 14046 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14047 } else { 14048 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14049 } 14050 14051 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14052 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14053 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14054 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14055 II->isStr("FILE")) 14056 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14057 14058 if (PrevDecl) 14059 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14060 14061 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14062 // record. 14063 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14064 14065 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14066 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14067 14068 OwnedDecl = true; 14069 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14070 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14071 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14072 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14073 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14074 RD->completeDefinition(); 14075 return nullptr; 14076 } else { 14077 return New; 14078 } 14079 } 14080 14081 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14082 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14083 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14084 14085 // Enter the tag context. 14086 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14087 14088 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14089 14090 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14091 // record. 14092 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14093 } 14094 14095 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14096 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14097 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14098 return false; 14099 14100 // Make the previous decl visible. 14101 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14102 return true; 14103 } 14104 14105 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14106 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14107 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14108 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14109 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14110 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14111 CurContext = OCD; 14112 return IDecl; 14113 } 14114 14115 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14116 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14117 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14118 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14119 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14120 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14121 14122 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14123 14124 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14125 return; 14126 14127 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14128 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14129 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14130 14131 // C++ [class]p2: 14132 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14133 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14134 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14135 // as if it were a public member name. 14136 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14137 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14138 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14139 Record->getIdentifier(), 14140 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14141 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14142 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14143 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14144 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14145 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14146 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14147 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14148 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14149 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14150 } 14151 14152 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14153 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14154 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14155 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14156 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14157 14158 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14159 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14160 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14161 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14162 RD->completeDefinition(); 14163 } 14164 14165 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14166 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14167 } 14168 14169 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14170 PopDeclContext(); 14171 14172 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14173 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14174 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14175 14176 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14177 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14178 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14179 } 14180 14181 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14182 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14183 PopDeclContext(); 14184 } 14185 14186 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14187 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14188 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14189 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14190 } 14191 14192 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14193 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14194 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14195 } 14196 14197 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14198 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14199 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14200 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14201 14202 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14203 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14204 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14205 RD->completeDefinition(); 14206 } 14207 14208 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14209 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14210 // the FieldCollector. 14211 14212 PopDeclContext(); 14213 } 14214 14215 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14216 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14217 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14218 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14219 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14220 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14221 if (ZeroWidth) 14222 *ZeroWidth = true; 14223 14224 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14225 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14226 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14227 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14228 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14229 return ExprError(); 14230 if (FieldName) 14231 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14232 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14233 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14234 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14235 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14236 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14237 return ExprError(); 14238 14239 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14240 // it now. 14241 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14242 return BitWidth; 14243 14244 llvm::APSInt Value; 14245 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14246 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14247 return ICE; 14248 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14249 14250 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14251 *ZeroWidth = false; 14252 14253 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14254 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14255 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14256 14257 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14258 if (FieldName) 14259 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14260 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14261 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14262 << Value.toString(10); 14263 } 14264 14265 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14266 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14267 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14268 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14269 14270 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14271 // ABI. 14272 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14273 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14274 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14275 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14276 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14277 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14278 unsigned DiagWidth = 14279 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14280 if (FieldName) 14281 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14282 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14283 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14284 14285 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14286 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14287 << DiagWidth; 14288 } 14289 14290 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14291 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14292 // 'bool'. 14293 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14294 if (FieldName) 14295 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14296 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14297 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14298 else 14299 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14300 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14301 } 14302 } 14303 14304 return BitWidth; 14305 } 14306 14307 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14308 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14309 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14310 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14311 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14312 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14313 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14314 return Res; 14315 } 14316 14317 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14318 /// 14319 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14320 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14321 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14322 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14323 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14324 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14325 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14326 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14327 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14328 return nullptr; 14329 } 14330 14331 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14332 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14333 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14334 14335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14336 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14337 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14338 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14339 14340 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14341 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14342 D.setInvalidType(); 14343 T = Context.IntTy; 14344 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14345 } 14346 } 14347 14348 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14349 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 14350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14351 D.setInvalidType(); 14352 } 14353 14354 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14355 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14356 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14357 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14358 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14359 D.setInvalidType(); 14360 } 14361 14362 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14363 14364 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14365 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14366 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14367 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14368 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14369 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14370 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14371 14372 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14373 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14374 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14375 LookupName(Previous, S); 14376 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14377 case LookupResult::Found: 14378 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14379 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14380 break; 14381 14382 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14383 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14384 break; 14385 14386 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14387 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14389 break; 14390 } 14391 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14392 14393 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14394 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14395 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14396 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14397 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14398 } 14399 14400 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14401 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14402 14403 bool Mutable 14404 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14405 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14406 FieldDecl *NewFD 14407 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14408 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14409 14410 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14411 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14412 14413 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14414 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14415 14416 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14417 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14418 // with the same name in the same scope. 14419 } else if (II) { 14420 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14421 } else 14422 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14423 14424 return NewFD; 14425 } 14426 14427 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14428 /// 14429 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14430 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14431 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14432 /// created. 14433 /// 14434 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14435 /// 14436 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14437 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14439 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14440 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14441 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14442 SourceLocation TSSL, 14443 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14444 Declarator *D) { 14445 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14446 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14447 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14448 14449 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14450 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14451 if (T.isNull()) { 14452 InvalidDecl = true; 14453 T = Context.IntTy; 14454 } 14455 14456 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14457 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14458 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14459 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14460 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14461 InvalidDecl = true; 14462 } else { 14463 NamedDecl *Def; 14464 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14465 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14466 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14467 InvalidDecl = true; 14468 } 14469 } 14470 } 14471 14472 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14473 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14474 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14475 InvalidDecl = true; 14476 } 14477 14478 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14479 // than a variably modified type. 14480 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14481 bool SizeIsNegative; 14482 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14483 14484 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14485 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14486 SizeIsNegative, 14487 Oversized); 14488 if (FixedTInfo) { 14489 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14490 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14491 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14492 } else { 14493 if (SizeIsNegative) 14494 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14495 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14497 << Oversized.toString(10); 14498 else 14499 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14500 InvalidDecl = true; 14501 } 14502 } 14503 14504 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14505 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14506 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14507 AbstractFieldType)) 14508 InvalidDecl = true; 14509 14510 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14511 if (InvalidDecl) 14512 BitWidth = nullptr; 14513 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14514 if (BitWidth) { 14515 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14516 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14517 if (!BitWidth) { 14518 InvalidDecl = true; 14519 BitWidth = nullptr; 14520 ZeroWidth = false; 14521 } 14522 } 14523 14524 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14525 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14526 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14527 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14528 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14529 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14530 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14531 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14532 14533 if (DiagID) { 14534 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14535 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14536 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14537 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14538 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14539 Mutable = false; 14540 InvalidDecl = true; 14541 } 14542 } 14543 } 14544 14545 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14546 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14547 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14548 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14549 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14550 14551 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14552 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14553 if (InvalidDecl) 14554 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14555 14556 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14558 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14559 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14560 } 14561 14562 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14563 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14564 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14565 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14566 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14567 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14568 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14569 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14570 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14571 // objects. 14572 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14573 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14574 } 14575 } 14576 14577 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14578 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14579 // enabled. 14580 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14581 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14582 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14583 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14584 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14585 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14586 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14587 } 14588 } 14589 } 14590 14591 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14592 // representation, not a parser representation. 14593 if (D) { 14594 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14595 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14596 14597 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14598 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14599 } 14600 14601 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14602 // retainable type. 14603 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14604 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14605 14606 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14608 14609 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14610 return NewFD; 14611 } 14612 14613 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14614 assert(FD); 14615 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14616 14617 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14618 return false; 14619 14620 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14621 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14622 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14623 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14624 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14625 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14626 // copy constructors. 14627 14628 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14629 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14630 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14631 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14632 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14633 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14634 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14635 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14636 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14637 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14638 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14639 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14640 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14641 member = CXXDestructor; 14642 14643 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14645 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14646 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14647 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14648 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14649 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14650 // members unavailable. 14651 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14652 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14653 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14654 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14655 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14656 return false; 14657 } 14658 } 14659 14660 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14661 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14662 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14663 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14664 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14665 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14666 } 14667 } 14668 } 14669 14670 return false; 14671 } 14672 14673 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14674 /// AST enum value. 14675 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14676 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14677 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14678 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14679 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14680 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14681 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14682 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14683 } 14684 } 14685 14686 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14687 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14688 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14689 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14690 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14691 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14692 14693 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14694 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14695 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14696 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14697 14698 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14699 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14700 14701 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14702 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14703 14704 if (BitWidth) { 14705 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14706 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14707 if (!BitWidth) 14708 D.setInvalidType(); 14709 } else { 14710 // Not a bitfield. 14711 14712 // validate II. 14713 14714 } 14715 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14717 D.setInvalidType(); 14718 } 14719 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14720 // than a variably modified type. 14721 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14722 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14723 D.setInvalidType(); 14724 } 14725 14726 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14727 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14728 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14729 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14730 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14731 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14732 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14733 return nullptr; 14734 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14735 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14736 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14737 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14738 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14739 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14740 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14741 } 14742 else 14743 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14744 } else { 14745 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14746 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14747 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14749 return nullptr; 14750 } 14751 } 14752 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14753 } 14754 14755 // Construct the decl. 14756 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14757 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14758 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14759 14760 if (II) { 14761 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14762 ForRedeclaration); 14763 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14764 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14766 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14767 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14768 } 14769 } 14770 14771 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14772 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14773 14774 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14775 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14776 14777 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14778 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14779 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14780 14781 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14782 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14783 14784 if (II) { 14785 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14786 // these to the interface. 14787 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14788 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14789 } 14790 14791 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14792 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14793 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14794 14795 return NewID; 14796 } 14797 14798 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14799 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14800 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14801 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14802 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14803 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14804 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14805 return; 14806 14807 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14808 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14809 14810 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14811 return; 14812 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14813 if (!ID) { 14814 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14815 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14816 return; 14817 } 14818 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14819 else 14820 return; 14821 } 14822 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14823 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14824 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14825 14826 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14827 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14828 Context.CharTy, 14829 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14830 DeclLoc), 14831 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14832 true); 14833 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14834 } 14835 14836 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14837 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14838 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14839 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14840 14841 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14842 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14843 // it will now change. 14844 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14845 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14846 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14847 default: break; 14848 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14849 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14850 break; 14851 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14852 Context. 14853 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14854 break; 14855 } 14856 } 14857 14858 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14859 14860 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14861 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14862 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14863 if (Record) { 14864 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14865 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14866 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14867 ++NumNamedMembers; 14868 } 14869 } 14870 14871 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14872 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14873 14874 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14875 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14876 i != end; ++i) { 14877 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14878 14879 // Get the type for the field. 14880 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14881 14882 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14883 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14884 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14885 } 14886 14887 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14888 // diagnostics about it. 14889 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14890 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14891 continue; 14892 } 14893 14894 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14895 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14896 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14897 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14898 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14899 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14900 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14901 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14902 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14903 // array. 14904 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14905 // Field declared as a function. 14906 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14907 << FD->getDeclName(); 14908 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14909 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14910 continue; 14911 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14912 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14913 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14914 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14915 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14916 // Flexible array member. 14917 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14918 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14919 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14920 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14921 if (Record->isUnion()) 14922 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14923 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14924 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14925 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14926 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14927 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14928 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14929 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14930 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14931 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14932 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14933 14934 if (DiagID) 14935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14936 << Record->getTagKind(); 14937 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14938 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14939 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14940 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14941 // of the type. 14942 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14943 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14944 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14945 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14946 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14947 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14948 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14949 14950 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14951 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14952 // 14953 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14954 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14955 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14956 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14957 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14958 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14959 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14960 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14961 continue; 14962 } 14963 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14964 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14965 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14966 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14967 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14968 // Incomplete type 14969 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14970 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14971 continue; 14972 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14973 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14974 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14975 // flexible array member. 14976 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14977 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14978 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14979 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14980 // structures. 14981 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14983 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14984 else { 14985 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14986 // other structs as an extension. 14987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14988 << FD->getDeclName(); 14989 } 14990 } 14991 } 14992 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14993 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14994 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14995 AbstractIvarType)) { 14996 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14997 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14998 } 14999 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15000 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15001 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15002 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15003 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15004 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15005 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15006 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15007 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15008 FD->setType(T); 15009 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15010 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 15011 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 15012 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15013 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15014 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15015 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15016 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15017 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15018 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15019 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15020 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15021 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15022 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15023 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15024 } 15025 } else { 15026 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15027 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15028 } 15029 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15030 } 15031 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15032 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15033 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15034 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15035 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15036 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15037 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15038 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15039 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15040 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15041 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15042 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15043 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15044 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15045 } 15046 } 15047 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15048 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15049 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15050 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15051 ++NumNamedMembers; 15052 } 15053 15054 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15055 if (Record) { 15056 bool Completed = false; 15057 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15058 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15059 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15060 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15061 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15062 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15063 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15064 } 15065 15066 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15067 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15068 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15070 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15071 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15072 } 15073 15074 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15075 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15076 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15077 15078 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15079 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15080 // problem now. 15081 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15082 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15083 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15084 15085 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15086 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15087 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15088 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15089 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15090 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15091 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15092 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 15093 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15094 continue; 15095 15096 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15097 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15098 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15099 // program is ill-formed. 15100 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15101 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15102 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15103 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15104 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15105 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15106 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15107 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15108 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15109 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15110 15111 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15112 } 15113 } 15114 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15115 Completed = true; 15116 } 15117 } 15118 } 15119 } 15120 15121 if (!Completed) 15122 Record->completeDefinition(); 15123 15124 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15125 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15126 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15127 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15128 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 15129 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15130 } 15131 15132 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15133 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15134 15135 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15136 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15137 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15138 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15139 } 15140 15141 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15142 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15143 // compatibility problems. 15144 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15145 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15146 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15147 } else { 15148 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15149 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15150 CheckForZeroSize = 15151 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15152 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15153 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15154 } 15155 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15156 bool ZeroSize = true; 15157 bool IsEmpty = true; 15158 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15159 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15160 E = Record->field_end(); 15161 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15162 IsEmpty = false; 15163 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15164 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 15165 ZeroSize = false; 15166 } else { 15167 ++NonBitFields; 15168 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15169 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15170 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15171 ZeroSize = false; 15172 } 15173 } 15174 15175 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15176 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15177 // extern "C" block. 15178 if (ZeroSize) { 15179 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15180 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15181 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15182 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15183 } 15184 15185 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15186 // but are accepted by GCC. 15187 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15188 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15189 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15190 << Record->isUnion(); 15191 } 15192 } 15193 } else { 15194 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15195 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15196 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15197 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15198 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15199 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15200 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15201 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15202 } 15203 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15204 // duplicates. 15205 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15206 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15207 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15208 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15209 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15210 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15211 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15212 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15213 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15214 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15215 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15216 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15217 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15218 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15219 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15220 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15221 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15222 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15223 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15224 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15225 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15226 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15227 if (IDecl) { 15228 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15229 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15230 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15231 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15232 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15233 continue; 15234 } 15235 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15236 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15237 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15238 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15239 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15240 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15241 continue; 15242 } 15243 } 15244 } 15245 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15246 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15247 } 15248 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15249 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15250 } 15251 } 15252 15253 if (Attr) 15254 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15255 } 15256 15257 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15258 /// the given type T. 15259 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15260 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15261 QualType T) { 15262 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15263 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15264 15265 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15266 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15267 --BitWidth; 15268 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15269 } 15270 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15271 } 15272 15273 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15274 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15275 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15276 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15277 // enum checking below. 15278 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15279 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15280 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15281 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15282 }; 15283 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15284 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15285 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15286 }; 15287 15288 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15289 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15290 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15291 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15292 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15293 return Types[I]; 15294 15295 return QualType(); 15296 } 15297 15298 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15299 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15300 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15301 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15302 Expr *Val) { 15303 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15304 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15305 QualType EltTy; 15306 15307 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15308 Val = nullptr; 15309 15310 if (Val) 15311 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15312 15313 if (Val) { 15314 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15315 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15316 else { 15317 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 15318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15319 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15320 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15321 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15322 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15323 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15324 ExprResult Converted = 15325 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15326 CCEK_Enumerator); 15327 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15328 Val = nullptr; 15329 else 15330 Val = Converted.get(); 15331 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15332 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15333 &EnumVal).get())) { 15334 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15335 } else { 15336 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15337 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15338 15339 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15340 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15341 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15342 // expression checking. 15343 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15344 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15345 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15346 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15347 } else 15348 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15349 } else 15350 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15351 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15352 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15353 .get(); 15354 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15355 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15356 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15357 // is the type of its initializing value: 15358 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15359 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15360 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15361 } else { 15362 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15363 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15364 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15365 // representable as an int. 15366 15367 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15368 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15369 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15370 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15371 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15372 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15373 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15374 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15375 } 15376 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15377 } 15378 } 15379 } 15380 } 15381 15382 if (!Val) { 15383 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15384 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15385 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15386 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15387 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15388 // is the type of its initializing value: 15389 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15390 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15391 // 15392 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15393 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15394 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15395 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15396 } 15397 else { 15398 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15399 } 15400 } else { 15401 // Assign the last value + 1. 15402 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15403 ++EnumVal; 15404 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15405 15406 // Check for overflow on increment. 15407 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15408 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15409 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15410 // is the type of its initializing value: 15411 // 15412 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15413 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15414 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15415 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15416 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15417 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15418 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15419 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15420 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15421 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15422 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15423 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15424 ++EnumVal; 15425 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15426 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15427 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15428 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15429 << EltTy; 15430 else 15431 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15432 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15433 } else { 15434 EltTy = T; 15435 } 15436 15437 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15438 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15439 // value, then increment. 15440 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15441 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15442 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15443 ++EnumVal; 15444 15445 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15446 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15447 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15448 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15449 // integral type. 15450 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15451 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15452 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15453 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15454 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15455 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15456 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15457 } 15458 } 15459 } 15460 15461 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15462 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15463 // enumerator's type. 15464 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15465 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15466 } 15467 15468 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15469 Val, EnumVal); 15470 } 15471 15472 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15473 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15474 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15475 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15476 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15477 15478 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15479 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15480 // skip the body. 15481 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15482 ForRedeclaration); 15483 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15484 if (!PrevECD) 15485 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15486 15487 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15488 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15489 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15490 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15491 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15492 return Skip; 15493 } 15494 15495 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15496 } 15497 15498 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15499 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15500 AttributeList *Attr, 15501 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15502 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15503 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15504 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15505 15506 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15507 // we find one that is. 15508 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15509 15510 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15511 // scope. 15512 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15513 ForRedeclaration); 15514 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15516 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15517 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15518 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15519 } 15520 15521 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15522 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15523 // different from T: 15524 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15525 // enumerated type 15526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15527 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15528 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15529 15530 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15531 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15532 if (!New) 15533 return nullptr; 15534 15535 if (PrevDecl) { 15536 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15537 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15538 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15539 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15540 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15541 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15542 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15543 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15544 else 15545 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15546 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15547 return nullptr; 15548 } 15549 } 15550 15551 // Process attributes. 15552 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15553 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15554 15555 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15556 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15557 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15558 15559 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15560 15561 return New; 15562 } 15563 15564 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15565 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15566 // Element2 = Element1 15567 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15568 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15569 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15570 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15571 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15572 if (!InitExpr) 15573 return true; 15574 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15575 15576 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15577 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15578 return true; 15579 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15580 if (!IL) 15581 return true; 15582 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15583 return true; 15584 15585 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15586 } 15587 15588 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15589 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15590 if (!DRE) 15591 return true; 15592 15593 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15594 if (!EnumConstant) 15595 return true; 15596 15597 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15598 Enum) 15599 return true; 15600 15601 return false; 15602 } 15603 15604 namespace { 15605 struct DupKey { 15606 int64_t val; 15607 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15608 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15609 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15610 }; 15611 15612 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15613 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15614 false); 15615 } 15616 15617 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15618 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15619 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15620 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15621 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15622 } 15623 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15624 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15625 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15626 } 15627 }; 15628 } // end anonymous namespace 15629 15630 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15631 // a previous element has already been set to. 15632 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15633 EnumDecl *Enum, 15634 QualType EnumType) { 15635 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15636 return; 15637 // Avoid anonymous enums 15638 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15639 return; 15640 15641 // Only check for small enums. 15642 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15643 return; 15644 15645 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15646 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15647 15648 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15649 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15650 ValueToVectorMap; 15651 15652 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15653 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15654 15655 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15656 // an initialier. 15657 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15658 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15659 15660 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15661 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15662 if (!ECD) { 15663 return; 15664 } 15665 15666 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15667 continue; 15668 15669 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15670 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15671 15672 // First time encountering this value. 15673 if (Entry.isNull()) 15674 Entry = ECD; 15675 } 15676 15677 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15678 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15679 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15680 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15681 continue; 15682 15683 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15684 15685 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15686 if (Entry.isNull()) 15687 continue; 15688 15689 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15690 // Ensure constants are different. 15691 if (D == ECD) 15692 continue; 15693 15694 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15695 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15696 Vec->push_back(D); 15697 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15698 15699 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15700 Entry = Vec; 15701 15702 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15703 // diagnostics. 15704 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15705 continue; 15706 } 15707 15708 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15709 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15710 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15711 continue; 15712 15713 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15714 } 15715 15716 // Emit diagnostics. 15717 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15718 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15719 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15720 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15721 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15722 15723 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15724 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15725 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15726 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15727 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15728 ++I; 15729 15730 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15731 // the same value. 15732 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15733 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15734 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15735 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15736 delete Vec; 15737 } 15738 } 15739 15740 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15741 bool AllowMask) const { 15742 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15743 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15744 15745 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15746 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15747 15748 if (R.second) { 15749 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15750 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15751 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15752 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15753 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15754 } 15755 } 15756 15757 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15758 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15759 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15760 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15761 // 15762 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15763 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15764 // likely a logic error. 15765 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15766 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15767 } 15768 15769 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15770 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15771 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15772 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15773 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15774 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15775 15776 if (Attr) 15777 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15778 15779 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15780 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15781 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15782 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15783 if (!ECD) continue; 15784 15785 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15786 } 15787 15788 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15789 return; 15790 } 15791 15792 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15793 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15794 // emit a warning. 15795 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15796 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15797 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15798 15799 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15800 // reverse the list. 15801 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15802 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15803 15804 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15805 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15806 15807 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15808 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15809 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15810 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15811 15812 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15813 15814 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15815 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15816 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15817 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15818 else 15819 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15820 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15821 15822 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15823 if (AllElementsInt) 15824 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15825 } 15826 15827 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15828 QualType BestType; 15829 unsigned BestWidth; 15830 15831 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15832 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15833 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15834 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15835 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15836 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15837 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15838 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15839 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15840 QualType BestPromotionType; 15841 15842 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15843 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15844 // enum definitions. 15845 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15846 Packed = true; 15847 15848 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15849 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15850 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15851 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15852 else 15853 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15854 15855 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15856 } 15857 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15858 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15859 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15860 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15861 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15862 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15863 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15864 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15865 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15866 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15867 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15868 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15869 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15870 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15871 } else { 15872 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15873 15874 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15875 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15876 } else { 15877 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15878 15879 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15880 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15881 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15882 } 15883 } 15884 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15885 } else { 15886 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15887 // all of the enumerator values. 15888 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15889 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15890 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15891 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15892 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15893 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15894 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15895 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15896 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15897 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15898 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15899 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15900 BestPromotionType 15901 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15902 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15903 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15904 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15905 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15906 BestPromotionType 15907 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15908 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15909 } else { 15910 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15911 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15912 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15913 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15914 BestPromotionType 15915 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15916 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15917 } 15918 } 15919 15920 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15921 // the type of the enum if needed. 15922 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15923 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15924 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15925 15926 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15927 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15928 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15929 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15930 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15931 15932 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15933 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15934 15935 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15936 // the enum decl type. 15937 QualType NewTy; 15938 unsigned NewWidth; 15939 bool NewSign; 15940 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15941 !Enum->isFixed() && 15942 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15943 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15944 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15945 NewSign = true; 15946 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15947 // Already the right type! 15948 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15949 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15950 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15951 // enumeration. 15952 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15953 continue; 15954 } else { 15955 NewTy = BestType; 15956 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15957 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15958 } 15959 15960 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15961 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15962 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15963 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15964 15965 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15966 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15967 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15968 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15969 CK_IntegralCast, 15970 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15971 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15972 VK_RValue)); 15973 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15974 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15975 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15976 // enumeration. 15977 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15978 else 15979 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15980 } 15981 15982 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15983 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15984 15985 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15986 15987 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15988 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15989 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15990 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15991 15992 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15993 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15994 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15995 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15996 << ECD << Enum; 15997 } 15998 } 15999 16000 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16001 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16002 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16003 } 16004 16005 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16006 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16007 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16008 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16009 16010 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16011 AsmString, StartLoc, 16012 EndLoc); 16013 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16014 return New; 16015 } 16016 16017 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16018 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16019 bool FromInclude = false) { 16020 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16021 16022 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16023 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16024 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16025 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16026 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16027 break; 16028 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16029 break; 16030 } 16031 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16032 } 16033 16034 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 16035 DC = DC->getParent(); 16036 16037 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16038 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16039 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16040 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16041 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16042 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16043 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16044 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16045 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16046 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16047 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16048 } 16049 } 16050 16051 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16052 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16053 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16054 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16055 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16056 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16057 // module map. 16058 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16059 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16060 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16061 break; 16062 16063 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16064 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16065 break; 16066 16067 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16068 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16069 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16070 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16071 break; 16072 16073 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16074 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16075 return nullptr; 16076 } 16077 16078 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16079 // here, in order to support macro import. 16080 16081 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16082 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16083 // module name. 16084 std::string ModuleName; 16085 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16086 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16087 ModuleName += "."; 16088 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16089 } 16090 16091 // FIXME: If we've already seen a module-declaration, report an error. 16092 16093 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16094 // correct. 16095 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16096 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16097 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16098 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16099 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16100 return nullptr; 16101 } 16102 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16103 16104 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16105 Module *Mod; 16106 16107 switch (MDK) { 16108 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 16109 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 16110 16111 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16112 // module map defining it already. 16113 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16114 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16115 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16116 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16117 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16118 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16119 << FE->getName(); 16120 return nullptr; 16121 } 16122 16123 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16124 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 16125 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16126 break; 16127 } 16128 16129 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16130 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16131 return nullptr; 16132 16133 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16134 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16135 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16136 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16137 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16138 if (!Mod) 16139 return nullptr; 16140 break; 16141 } 16142 16143 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 16144 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16145 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16146 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16147 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16148 16149 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16150 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16151 // exported. 16152 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16153 16154 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16155 return nullptr; 16156 } 16157 16158 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16159 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16160 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16161 Module *Mod = 16162 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16163 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16164 if (!Mod) 16165 return true; 16166 16167 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16168 16169 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16170 16171 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16172 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16173 // silently ignoring the import. 16174 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16175 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16176 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16177 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16178 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16179 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16180 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16181 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16182 16183 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16184 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16186 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16187 // We need the length to be consistent. 16188 if (!ModCheck) 16189 break; 16190 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16191 16192 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16193 } 16194 16195 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16196 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 16197 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16198 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16199 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16200 TU->addDecl(Import); 16201 return Import; 16202 } 16203 16204 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16205 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16206 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16207 } 16208 16209 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16210 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16211 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16212 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16213 // 16214 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16215 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16216 TUKind == TU_Module && 16217 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16218 16219 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16220 16221 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16222 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16223 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16224 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16225 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16226 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16227 DirectiveLoc); 16228 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16229 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16230 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16231 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16232 } 16233 16234 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16235 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16236 } 16237 16238 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16239 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16240 16241 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16242 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16243 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16244 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16245 16246 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16247 16248 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16249 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16250 // lexically within the module. 16251 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16252 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16253 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16254 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 16255 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 16256 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 16257 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16258 } 16259 } 16260 } 16261 16262 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16263 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16264 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16265 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16266 // is now out of date. 16267 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16268 } 16269 16270 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16271 "left the wrong module scope"); 16272 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16273 16274 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16275 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16276 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16277 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16278 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16279 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16280 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16281 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16282 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16283 } else { 16284 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16285 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16286 } 16287 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16288 16289 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16290 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16291 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16292 // the module within. 16293 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16294 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16295 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16296 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16297 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 16298 } 16299 } 16300 } 16301 16302 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16303 Module *Mod) { 16304 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16305 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16306 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16307 return; 16308 16309 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16310 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16311 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16312 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16313 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16314 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16315 16316 // Make the module visible. 16317 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16318 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16319 } 16320 16321 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16322 /// (if present). 16323 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16324 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16325 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16326 16327 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16328 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16329 // the global module. 16330 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().Module || 16331 ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) 16332 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16333 16334 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16335 // export keyword. 16336 // 16337 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16338 // export-declaration. 16339 if (D->isExported()) 16340 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16341 16342 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16343 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16344 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 16345 return D; 16346 } 16347 16348 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16349 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16350 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16351 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16352 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16353 16354 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16355 // anonymous namespace). 16356 16357 PopDeclContext(); 16358 return D; 16359 } 16360 16361 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16362 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16363 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16364 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16365 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16366 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16367 LookupOrdinaryName); 16368 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16369 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16370 16371 // If a declaration that: 16372 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16373 // 2) has external linkage 16374 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16375 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16376 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16377 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16378 else 16379 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16380 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16381 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16382 } else 16383 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16384 } 16385 16386 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16387 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16388 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16389 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16390 16391 if (PrevDecl) { 16392 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16393 } else { 16394 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16395 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16396 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16397 } 16398 } 16399 16400 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16401 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16402 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16403 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16404 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16405 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16406 LookupOrdinaryName); 16407 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16408 16409 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16410 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16411 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16412 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16413 } else { 16414 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16415 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16416 } 16417 } 16418 16419 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16420 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16421 } 16422